Annotation of gcc/expr.c, revision 1.1.1.19

1.1       root        1: /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler.
1.1.1.2   root        2:    Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       root        3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
1.1.1.15  root        6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
1.1       root       11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
1.1.1.15  root       12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
1.1       root       19: 
                     20: 
                     21: #include "config.h"
                     22: #include "rtl.h"
                     23: #include "tree.h"
1.1.1.2   root       24: #include "flags.h"
1.1       root       25: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     26: #include "insn-codes.h"
                     27: #include "expr.h"
1.1.1.2   root       28: #include "insn-config.h"
                     29: #include "recog.h"
1.1.1.17  root       30: #include "gvarargs.h"
                     31: #include "typeclass.h"
1.1.1.19! root       32: #include "recog.h"
1.1.1.2   root       33: 
                     34: /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed
                     35:    from first to last or from last to first.  */
                     36: 
                     37: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                     38: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                     39: #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED     /* If it's last to first */
                     40: #endif
                     41: #endif
                     42: 
                     43: /* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits.  */
                     44: #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root       45: 
                     46: /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE
                     47:    around volatile memory references, and we are willing to
                     48:    output indirect addresses.  If cse is to follow, we reject
                     49:    indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated;
                     50:    if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce
                     51:    the same indirect address eventually.  */
                     52: int cse_not_expected;
                     53: 
                     54: /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an
                     55:    expression before generating the upper levels of the expression.
                     56:    Nowadays this is never zero.  */
                     57: int do_preexpand_calls = 1;
                     58: 
                     59: /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack.
                     60:    These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned.  */
                     61: int pending_stack_adjust;
                     62: 
1.1.1.17  root       63: /* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack
                     64:    pops must not be output.  It is nonzero inside a function call,
                     65:    inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression,
                     66:    and in other cases as well.  */
                     67: int inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.6   root       68: 
1.1.1.13  root       69: /* A list of all cleanups which belong to the arguments of
1.1.1.8   root       70:    function calls being expanded by expand_call.  */
                     71: static tree cleanups_of_this_call;
                     72: 
1.1.1.19! root       73: /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function.
        !            74:    The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs
        !            75:    returned.  */
        !            76: static rtx saveregs_value;
        !            77: 
1.1.1.17  root       78: /* Nonzero means current function may call alloca
                     79:    as a subroutine.  (__builtin_alloca does not count.)  */
1.1.1.2   root       80: int may_call_alloca;
                     81: 
                     82: rtx store_expr ();
                     83: static void store_constructor ();
                     84: static rtx store_field ();
1.1       root       85: static rtx expand_call ();
1.1.1.2   root       86: static void emit_call_1 ();
                     87: static rtx prepare_call_address ();
                     88: static rtx expand_builtin ();
1.1       root       89: static rtx compare ();
1.1.1.2   root       90: static rtx compare_constants ();
1.1       root       91: static rtx compare1 ();
                     92: static rtx do_store_flag ();
                     93: static void preexpand_calls ();
1.1.1.2   root       94: static rtx expand_increment ();
                     95: static void init_queue ();
                     96: 
                     97: void do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1       root       98: 
                     99: /* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than
                    100:    a block move.  */
                    101: 
1.1.1.10  root      102: #ifndef MOVE_RATIO
                    103: #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1       root      104: #define MOVE_RATIO 2
                    105: #else
1.1.1.10  root      106: /* A value of around 6 would minimize code size; infinity would minimize
                    107:    execution time.  */
                    108: #define MOVE_RATIO 15
                    109: #endif
1.1       root      110: #endif
                    111: 
                    112: /* Table indexed by tree code giving 1 if the code is for a
                    113:    comparison operation, or anything that is most easily
                    114:    computed with a conditional branch.
                    115: 
                    116:    We include tree.def to give it the proper length.
                    117:    The contents thus created are irrelevant.
                    118:    The real contents are initialized in init_comparisons.  */
                    119: 
1.1.1.2   root      120: #define DEFTREECODE(SYM, NAME, TYPE, LENGTH) 0,
1.1       root      121: 
                    122: static char comparison_code[] = {
                    123: #include "tree.def"
                    124: };
                    125: #undef DEFTREECODE
                    126: 
1.1.1.2   root      127: /* This is run once per compilation.  */
                    128: 
                    129: void
1.1       root      130: init_comparisons ()
                    131: {
                    132:   comparison_code[(int) EQ_EXPR] = 1;
                    133:   comparison_code[(int) NE_EXPR] = 1;
                    134:   comparison_code[(int) LT_EXPR] = 1;
                    135:   comparison_code[(int) GT_EXPR] = 1;
                    136:   comparison_code[(int) LE_EXPR] = 1;
                    137:   comparison_code[(int) GE_EXPR] = 1;
                    138: }
1.1.1.2   root      139: 
                    140: /* This is run at the start of compiling a function.  */
                    141: 
                    142: void
                    143: init_expr ()
                    144: {
                    145:   init_queue ();
                    146:   may_call_alloca = 0;
1.1.1.19! root      147:   saveregs_value = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      148: }
1.1       root      149: 
                    150: /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output
                    151:    for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc.  */
                    152: 
                    153: static rtx pending_chain;
                    154: 
                    155: /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later.  BODY says how:
                    156:    BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn
                    157:    to increment right away.  It will go to emit_insn later on.
                    158: 
                    159:    The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR
1.1.1.2   root      160:    where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR.  */
1.1       root      161: 
                    162: static rtx
                    163: enqueue_insn (var, body)
                    164:      rtx var, body;
                    165: {
                    166:   pending_chain = gen_rtx (QUEUED, GET_MODE (var),
                    167:                           var, 0, 0, body, pending_chain);
                    168:   return pending_chain;
                    169: }
                    170: 
                    171: /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression
                    172:    into something that you can put immediately into an instruction.
                    173:    If the queued incrementation has not happened yet,
                    174:    protect_from_queue returns the variable itself.
                    175:    If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp
                    176:    that contains a copy of the old value of the variable.
                    177: 
                    178:    Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put
                    179:    into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first.
                    180:    QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions.
                    181: 
                    182:    Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold
                    183:    on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction!
                    184:    If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result.  */
                    185: 
                    186: rtx
                    187: protect_from_queue (x, modify)
                    188:      register rtx x;
                    189:      int modify;
                    190: {
                    191:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
                    192:   if (code != QUEUED)
                    193:     {
                    194:       /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...))
                    195:         to facilitate use of autoincrement.
                    196:         Make a copy of the contents of the memory location
                    197:         rather than a copy of the address.  */
                    198:       if (code == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify)
                    199:        {
                    200:          register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0);
                    201:          XEXP (x, 0) = QUEUED_VAR (y);
                    202:          if (QUEUED_INSN (y))
                    203:            {
                    204:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
                    205:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, x),
                    206:                                QUEUED_INSN (y));
                    207:              return temp;
                    208:            }
                    209:          return x;
                    210:        }
                    211:       /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all
                    212:         the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED.  */
                    213:       if (code == MEM)
                    214:        XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                    215:       else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT)
                    216:        {
                    217:          XEXP (x, 0) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                    218:          XEXP (x, 1) = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
                    219:        }
                    220:       return x;
                    221:     }
                    222:   /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself.  */
                    223:   if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0)
                    224:     return QUEUED_VAR (x);
                    225:   /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists,
                    226:      use that copy.  */
                    227:   if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0)
                    228:     return QUEUED_COPY (x);
                    229:   /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy.
                    230:      Set one up now, and use it.  */
                    231:   QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x)));
                    232:   emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)),
                    233:                    QUEUED_INSN (x));
                    234:   return QUEUED_COPY (x);
                    235: }
                    236: 
1.1.1.2   root      237: /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression:
1.1.1.15  root      238:    if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment.
                    239:    We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators
                    240:    since memory addresses generally contain only those.  */
1.1.1.2   root      241: 
                    242: static int
                    243: queued_subexp_p (x)
                    244:      rtx x;
                    245: {
                    246:   register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                    247:   switch (code)
                    248:     {
                    249:     case QUEUED:
                    250:       return 1;
                    251:     case MEM:
                    252:       return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0));
                    253:     case MULT:
                    254:     case PLUS:
                    255:     case MINUS:
                    256:       return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0))
                    257:        || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1));
                    258:     }
                    259:   return 0;
                    260: }
                    261: 
                    262: /* Perform all the pending incrementations.  */
1.1       root      263: 
                    264: void
                    265: emit_queue ()
                    266: {
                    267:   register rtx p;
                    268:   while (p = pending_chain)
                    269:     {
                    270:       QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p));
                    271:       pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p);
                    272:     }
                    273: }
                    274: 
1.1.1.2   root      275: static void
1.1       root      276: init_queue ()
                    277: {
                    278:   if (pending_chain)
                    279:     abort ();
                    280: }
                    281: 
                    282: /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same.
                    283:    Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating.
                    284:    UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type.
                    285:    This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension.  */
                    286: 
                    287: void
                    288: convert_move (to, from, unsignedp)
                    289:      register rtx to, from;
                    290:      int unsignedp;
                    291: {
                    292:   enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to);
                    293:   enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from);
1.1.1.16  root      294:   int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
                    295:   int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT;
1.1       root      296:   int extending = (int) to_mode > (int) from_mode;
                    297: 
                    298:   to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
                    299:   from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
                    300: 
                    301:   if (to_real != from_real)
                    302:     abort ();
                    303: 
1.1.1.2   root      304:   if (to_mode == from_mode
                    305:       || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from)))
1.1       root      306:     {
                    307:       emit_move_insn (to, from);
                    308:       return;
                    309:     }
                    310: 
                    311:   if (to_real)
                    312:     {
                    313: #ifdef HAVE_extendsfdf2
                    314:       if (HAVE_extendsfdf2 && extending)
                    315:        {
1.1.1.2   root      316:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      317:          return;
                    318:        }
                    319: #endif
                    320: #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2
                    321:       if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && ! extending)
                    322:        {
1.1.1.2   root      323:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      324:          return;
                    325:        }
                    326: #endif
                    327:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, (extending
1.1.1.13  root      328:                                                      ? "__extendsfdf2"
1.1.1.17  root      329:                                                      : "__truncdfsf2")), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      330:                         GET_MODE (to), 1,
                    331:                         from,  (extending ? SFmode : DFmode));
                    332:       emit_move_insn (to, hard_libcall_value (GET_MODE (to)));
1.1       root      333:       return;
                    334:     }
                    335: 
1.1.1.2   root      336:   /* Now both modes are integers.  */
                    337: 
1.1       root      338:   if (to_mode == DImode)
                    339:     {
                    340:       if (unsignedp)
                    341:        {
1.1.1.14  root      342: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendsidi2
                    343:          if (HAVE_zero_extendsidi2 && from_mode == SImode)
                    344:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendsidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    345:          else
                    346: #endif
                    347: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendhidi2
                    348:          if (HAVE_zero_extendhidi2 && from_mode == HImode)
                    349:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendhidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    350:          else
                    351: #endif
                    352: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqidi2
                    353:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqidi2 && from_mode == QImode)
                    354:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqidi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    355:          else
                    356: #endif
                    357: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendsidi2
                    358:          if (HAVE_zero_extendsidi2)
                    359:            {
                    360:              convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.15  root      361:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendsidi2, to,
                    362:                              gen_lowpart (SImode, to), ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1.1.14  root      363:            }
                    364:          else
                    365: #endif
                    366:            {
                    367:              emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
                    368:              convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
                    369:              emit_clr_insn (gen_highpart (SImode, to));
                    370:            }
1.1       root      371:        }
1.1.1.5   root      372: #ifdef HAVE_extendsidi2
1.1.1.14  root      373:       else if (HAVE_extendsidi2 && from_mode == SImode)
                    374:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    375: #endif
                    376: #ifdef HAVE_extendhidi2
                    377:       else if (HAVE_extendhidi2 && from_mode == HImode)
                    378:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    379: #endif
                    380: #ifdef HAVE_extendqidi2
                    381:       else if (HAVE_extendqidi2 && from_mode == QImode)
                    382:        emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqidi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    383: #endif
                    384: #ifdef HAVE_extendsidi2
1.1.1.5   root      385:       else if (HAVE_extendsidi2)
1.1.1.14  root      386:        {
                    387:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.16  root      388:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendsidi2, to,
                    389:                          gen_lowpart (SImode, to), SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1.1.14  root      390:        }
1.1.1.5   root      391: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      392: #ifdef HAVE_slt
                    393:       else if (HAVE_slt && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == SImode)
1.1       root      394:        {
1.1.1.19! root      395:          rtx temp, target;
1.1.1.5   root      396:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
1.1       root      397:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
1.1.1.19! root      398:          emit_cmp_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), const0_rtx, 0, 0, 0);
        !           399:          target = gen_highpart (SImode, to);
        !           400:          if (!(*insn_operand_predicate[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0]) (target, SImode))
        !           401:            temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
        !           402:          else
        !           403:            temp = target;
        !           404:          emit_insn (gen_slt (temp));
        !           405:          if (temp != target)
        !           406:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
1.1       root      407:        }
                    408: #endif
                    409:       else
                    410:        {
                    411:          register rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
1.1.1.19! root      412:          rtx temp, target;
1.1       root      413: 
1.1.1.5   root      414:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, to));
1.1       root      415:          emit_clr_insn (gen_highpart (SImode, to));
                    416:          convert_move (gen_lowpart (SImode, to), from, unsignedp);
                    417:          emit_cmp_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, to),
                    418:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.14  root      419:                         0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.6   root      420:          NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root      421:          emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (label));
1.1.1.19! root      422:          target = gen_highpart (SImode, to);
        !           423:          temp = expand_unop (SImode, one_cmpl_optab,
        !           424:                              target, gen_highpart (SImode, to),
        !           425:                              1);
        !           426:          if (temp != target)
        !           427:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
1.1       root      428:          emit_label (label);
1.1.1.6   root      429:          OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root      430:        }
                    431:       return;
                    432:     }
                    433: 
                    434:   if (from_mode == DImode)
                    435:     {
                    436:       convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (SImode, from), 0);
                    437:       return;
                    438:     }
                    439: 
                    440:   /* Now follow all the conversions between integers
                    441:      no more than a word long.  */
                    442: 
1.1.1.2   root      443:   /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode.  */
                    444:   if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)
                    445:       && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode),
                    446:                                GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))
                    447:       && ((GET_CODE (from) == MEM
1.1.1.16  root      448:           && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from)
1.1.1.2   root      449:           && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0)))
1.1.1.16  root      450:          || GET_CODE (from) == REG
                    451:          || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG))
1.1.1.2   root      452:     {
                    453:       emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from));
                    454:       return;
                    455:     }
                    456: 
1.1       root      457:   if (to_mode == SImode && from_mode == HImode)
                    458:     {
                    459:       if (unsignedp)
                    460:        {
                    461: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendhisi2
                    462:          if (HAVE_zero_extendhisi2)
1.1.1.2   root      463:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendhisi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      464:          else
                    465: #endif
                    466:            abort ();
                    467:        }
                    468:       else
                    469:        {
                    470: #ifdef HAVE_extendhisi2
                    471:          if (HAVE_extendhisi2)
1.1.1.2   root      472:            emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      473:          else
                    474: #endif
                    475:            abort ();
                    476:        }
                    477:       return;
                    478:     }
                    479: 
                    480:   if (to_mode == SImode && from_mode == QImode)
                    481:     {
                    482:       if (unsignedp)
                    483:        {
                    484: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqisi2
                    485:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqisi2)
                    486:            {
1.1.1.2   root      487:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqisi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      488:              return;
                    489:            }
                    490: #endif
                    491: #if defined (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2) && defined (HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    492:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2 && HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    493:            {
                    494:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      495:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqihi2, temp, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
                    496:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, temp, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      497:              return;
                    498:            }
                    499: #endif
                    500:        }
                    501:       else
                    502:        {
                    503: #ifdef HAVE_extendqisi2
                    504:          if (HAVE_extendqisi2)
                    505:            {
1.1.1.2   root      506:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqisi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      507:              return;
                    508:            }
                    509: #endif
                    510: #if defined (HAVE_extendqihi2) && defined (HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    511:          if (HAVE_extendqihi2 && HAVE_extendhisi2)
                    512:            {
                    513:              register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      514:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqihi2, temp, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
                    515:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendhisi2, to, temp, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      516:              return;
                    517:            }
                    518: #endif
                    519:        }
                    520:       abort ();
                    521:     }
                    522: 
                    523:   if (to_mode == HImode && from_mode == QImode)
                    524:     {
                    525:       if (unsignedp)
                    526:        {
                    527: #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendqihi2
                    528:          if (HAVE_zero_extendqihi2)
                    529:            {
1.1.1.2   root      530:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendqihi2, to, from, ZERO_EXTEND);
1.1       root      531:              return;
                    532:            }
                    533: #endif
                    534:        }
                    535:       else
                    536:        {
                    537: #ifdef HAVE_extendqihi2
                    538:          if (HAVE_extendqihi2)
                    539:            {
1.1.1.2   root      540:              emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendqihi2, to, from, SIGN_EXTEND);
1.1       root      541:              return;
                    542:            }
                    543: #endif
                    544:        }
                    545:       abort ();
                    546:     }
                    547: 
1.1.1.16  root      548: #if 0 /* This seems to be redundant with code 100 lines up.  */
                    549: 
1.1       root      550:   /* Now we are truncating an integer to a smaller one.
                    551:      If the result is a temporary, we might as well just copy it,
                    552:      since only the low-order part of the result needs to be valid
                    553:      and it is valid with no change.  */
                    554: 
                    555:   if (GET_CODE (to) == REG)
                    556:     {
                    557:       if (GET_CODE (from) == REG)
                    558:        {
                    559:          emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (to), from));
                    560:          return;
                    561:        }
1.1.1.2   root      562:       else if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)
                    563:        {
                    564:          from = copy_rtx (from);
                    565:          /* This is safe since FROM is not more than one word.  */
                    566:          PUT_MODE (from, GET_MODE (to));
                    567:          emit_move_insn (to, from);
                    568:          return;
                    569:        }
1.1       root      570: #ifndef BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                    571:       else if (GET_CODE (from) == MEM)
                    572:        {
                    573:          register rtx addr = XEXP (from, 0);
1.1.1.2   root      574:          if (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (to), addr))
1.1       root      575:            {
                    576:              emit_move_insn (to, gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (to), addr));
                    577:              return;
                    578:            }
                    579:        }
                    580: #endif /* not BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN */
                    581:     }
1.1.1.16  root      582: #endif /* 0 */
1.1       root      583: 
                    584:   if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode)
                    585:     {
                    586: #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2
                    587:       if (HAVE_truncsihi2)
                    588:        {
1.1.1.2   root      589:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      590:          return;
                    591:        }
                    592: #endif
                    593:       abort ();
                    594:     }
                    595: 
                    596:   if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode)
                    597:     {
                    598: #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2
                    599:       if (HAVE_truncsiqi2)
                    600:        {
1.1.1.2   root      601:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      602:          return;
                    603:        }
                    604: #endif
                    605:       abort ();
                    606:     }
                    607: 
                    608:   if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode)
                    609:     {
                    610: #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2
                    611:       if (HAVE_trunchiqi2)
                    612:        {
1.1.1.2   root      613:          emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN);
1.1       root      614:          return;
                    615:        }
                    616: #endif
                    617:       abort ();
                    618:     }
1.1.1.2   root      619: 
                    620:   /* Mode combination is not recognized.  */
                    621:   abort ();
1.1       root      622: }
                    623: 
                    624: /* Return an rtx for a value that would result
                    625:    from converting X to mode MODE.
                    626:    Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer.
                    627:    UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value.
                    628:    This can be done by referring to a part of X in place
                    629:    or by copying to a new temporary with conversion.  */
                    630: 
                    631: rtx
                    632: convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp)
                    633:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    634:      rtx x;
                    635:      int unsignedp;
                    636: {
                    637:   register rtx temp;
                    638:   if (mode == GET_MODE (x))
                    639:     return x;
1.1.1.2   root      640:   if (integer_mode_p (mode)
1.1.1.16  root      641:       && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                    642:       && ! (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (x)))
1.1       root      643:     return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
                    644:   temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                    645:   convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp);
                    646:   return temp;
                    647: }
1.1.1.2   root      648: 
                    649: int
                    650: integer_mode_p (mode)
                    651:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    652: {
                    653:   return (int) mode > (int) VOIDmode && (int) mode <= (int) TImode;
                    654: }
1.1       root      655: 
                    656: /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes
1.1.1.2   root      657:    from block FROM to block TO.  (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode).
                    658:    The caller must pass FROM and TO
1.1       root      659:     through protect_from_queue before calling.
                    660:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.  */
                    661: 
                    662: struct move_by_pieces
                    663: {
                    664:   rtx to;
1.1.1.2   root      665:   rtx to_addr;
1.1       root      666:   int autinc_to;
                    667:   int explicit_inc_to;
                    668:   rtx from;
1.1.1.2   root      669:   rtx from_addr;
1.1       root      670:   int autinc_from;
                    671:   int explicit_inc_from;
                    672:   int len;
                    673:   int offset;
                    674:   int reverse;
                    675: };
                    676: 
1.1.1.17  root      677: static void move_by_pieces_1 ();
                    678: static int move_by_pieces_ninsns ();
                    679: 
1.1       root      680: static void
1.1.1.2   root      681: move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align)
1.1       root      682:      rtx to, from;
                    683:      int len, align;
                    684: {
                    685:   struct move_by_pieces data;
1.1.1.2   root      686:   rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0);
1.1       root      687: 
                    688:   data.offset = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      689:   data.to_addr = to_addr;
                    690:   data.from_addr = from_addr;
1.1       root      691:   data.to = to;
                    692:   data.from = from;
1.1.1.2   root      693:   data.autinc_to
                    694:     = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC
                    695:        || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
                    696:   data.autinc_from
                    697:     = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC
                    698:        || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC
                    699:        || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC);
1.1       root      700: 
                    701:   data.explicit_inc_from = 0;
                    702:   data.explicit_inc_to = 0;
1.1.1.2   root      703:   data.reverse
                    704:     = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC);
1.1       root      705:   if (data.reverse) data.offset = len;
                    706:   data.len = len;
                    707: 
                    708:   /* If copying requires more than two move insns,
                    709:      copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter)
                    710:      and use post-increment if available.  */
                    711:   if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to)
                    712:       && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2)
                    713:     {
                    714: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    715:       if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from)
                    716:        {
1.1.1.2   root      717:          data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len));
1.1       root      718:          data.autinc_from = 1;
                    719:          data.explicit_inc_from = -1;
                    720:        }
                    721: #endif
                    722: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    723:       if (! data.autinc_from)
                    724:        {
1.1.1.2   root      725:          data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1.1       root      726:          data.autinc_from = 1;
                    727:          data.explicit_inc_from = 1;
                    728:        }
                    729: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      730:       if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr))
                    731:        data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr);
1.1       root      732: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    733:       if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
                    734:        {
1.1.1.2   root      735:          data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len));
1.1       root      736:          data.autinc_to = 1;
                    737:          data.explicit_inc_to = -1;
                    738:        }
                    739: #endif
                    740: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    741:       if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to)
                    742:        {
1.1.1.2   root      743:          data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1.1       root      744:          data.autinc_to = 1;
                    745:          data.explicit_inc_to = 1;
                    746:        }
                    747: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      748:       if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr))
                    749:        data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr);
1.1       root      750:     }
                    751: 
                    752: #ifdef STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1.1.1.2   root      753:   if (align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root      754:     align = MOVE_MAX;
                    755: #else
                    756:   align = MOVE_MAX;
                    757: #endif
                    758: 
                    759: #ifdef HAVE_movti
                    760:   if (HAVE_movti && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode))
                    761:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movti, TImode, &data);
                    762: #endif
                    763: #ifdef HAVE_movdi
                    764:   if (HAVE_movdi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode))
                    765:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movdi, DImode, &data);
                    766: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      767: #ifdef HAVE_movsi
1.1       root      768:   if (align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                    769:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movsi, SImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      770: #endif
                    771: #ifdef HAVE_movhi
                    772:   if (HAVE_movhi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode))
1.1       root      773:     move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movhi, HImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      774: #endif
                    775: #ifdef HAVE_movqi
1.1       root      776:   move_by_pieces_1 (gen_movqi, QImode, &data);
1.1.1.2   root      777: #else
                    778:   movqi instruction required in machine description
                    779: #endif
1.1       root      780: }
                    781: 
                    782: /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces.
                    783:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.  */
                    784: 
1.1.1.2   root      785: static int
1.1       root      786: move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align)
                    787:      unsigned int l;
                    788:      int align;
                    789: {
                    790:   register int n_insns = 0;
                    791: 
                    792: #ifdef STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1.1.1.2   root      793:   if (align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
1.1       root      794:     align = MOVE_MAX;
                    795: #else
                    796:   align = MOVE_MAX;
                    797: #endif
                    798: 
                    799: #ifdef HAVE_movti
                    800:   if (HAVE_movti && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode))
                    801:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode);
                    802: #endif
                    803: #ifdef HAVE_movdi
                    804:   if (HAVE_movdi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode))
                    805:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
                    806: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      807: #ifdef HAVE_movsi
1.1       root      808:   if (HAVE_movsi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                    809:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
1.1.1.2   root      810: #endif
                    811: #ifdef HAVE_movhi
1.1       root      812:   if (HAVE_movhi && align >= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode))
                    813:     n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (HImode);
1.1.1.2   root      814: #endif
1.1       root      815:   n_insns += l;
                    816: 
                    817:   return n_insns;
                    818: }
                    819: 
                    820: /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces.  Move as many bytes as appropriate
                    821:    with move instructions for mode MODE.  GENFUN is the gen_... function
                    822:    to make a move insn for that mode.  DATA has all the other info.  */
                    823: 
1.1.1.2   root      824: static void
1.1       root      825: move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data)
                    826:      rtx (*genfun) ();
                    827:      enum machine_mode mode;
                    828:      struct move_by_pieces *data;
                    829: {
                    830:   register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                    831:   register rtx to1, from1;
                    832: 
                    833:   while (data->len >= size)
                    834:     {
1.1.1.2   root      835:       if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size;
1.1       root      836: 
1.1.1.13  root      837:       to1 = (data->autinc_to
                    838:             ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->to_addr)
                    839:             : change_address (data->to, mode,
                    840:                               plus_constant (data->to_addr, data->offset)));
                    841:       from1 =
                    842:        (data->autinc_from
                    843:         ? gen_rtx (MEM, mode, data->from_addr)
                    844:         : change_address (data->from, mode,
                    845:                           plus_constant (data->from_addr, data->offset)));
1.1       root      846: 
                    847: #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
                    848:       if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0)
1.1.1.2   root      849:        emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (data->to_addr,
1.1       root      850:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    851:       if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0)
1.1.1.2   root      852:        emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (data->from_addr,
1.1       root      853:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    854: #endif
                    855: 
1.1.1.5   root      856:       emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1));
1.1       root      857: #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
                    858:       if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0)
1.1.1.2   root      859:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr,
1.1       root      860:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    861:       if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0)
1.1.1.2   root      862:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr,
1.1       root      863:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size)));
                    864: #endif
                    865: 
                    866:       if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size;
1.1.1.2   root      867: 
1.1       root      868:       data->len -= size;
                    869:     }
                    870: }
                    871: 
                    872: /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X.
                    873:    This may be done with string-move instructions,
                    874:    with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call.
                    875: 
                    876:    Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE)
                    877:    with mode BLKmode.
                    878:    SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are.
                    879:    ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have,
                    880:    measured in bytes.  */
                    881: 
                    882: static void
                    883: emit_block_move (x, y, size, align)
                    884:      rtx x, y;
                    885:      rtx size;
                    886:      int align;
                    887: {
                    888:   if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode)
                    889:     abort ();
                    890: 
                    891:   if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode)
                    892:     abort ();
                    893: 
                    894:   x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
                    895:   y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
                    896: 
1.1.1.2   root      897:   if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
1.1       root      898:     abort ();
1.1.1.2   root      899:   if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
1.1       root      900:     abort ();
                    901:   if (size == 0)
                    902:     abort ();
                    903: 
                    904:   if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    905:       && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)
                    906:          < MOVE_RATIO))
1.1.1.2   root      907:     move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align);
1.1       root      908:   else
                    909:     {
1.1.1.9   root      910:       /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
                    911:         including more than one in the machine description unless
                    912:         the more limited one has some advantage.  */
                    913: #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi
                    914:       if (HAVE_movstrqi
                    915:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    916:          && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
                    917:              < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1))))
1.1       root      918:        {
1.1.1.14  root      919:          emit_insn (gen_movstrqi (x, y, size,
                    920:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1       root      921:          return;
                    922:        }
                    923: #endif
                    924: #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi
                    925:       if (HAVE_movstrhi
                    926:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                    927:          && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1.1.1.5   root      928:              < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1))))
1.1       root      929:        {
1.1.1.14  root      930:          emit_insn (gen_movstrhi (x, y, size,
                    931:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1       root      932:          return;
                    933:        }
                    934: #endif
1.1.1.9   root      935: #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi
                    936:       if (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1.1.5   root      937:        {
1.1.1.14  root      938:          emit_insn (gen_movstrsi (x, y, size,
                    939:                                   gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.5   root      940:          return;
                    941:        }
                    942: #endif
1.1.1.2   root      943: 
                    944: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root      945:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memcpy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      946:                         VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
                    947:                         XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
                    948:                         size, Pmode);
                    949: #else
1.1.1.17  root      950:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bcopy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root      951:                         VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
                    952:                         XEXP (x, 0), Pmode,
1.1       root      953:                         size, Pmode);
1.1.1.2   root      954: #endif
                    955:     }
                    956: }
                    957: 
                    958: /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X into registers starting at REGNO.
                    959:    The number of registers to be filled is NREGS.  */
                    960: 
                    961: static void
                    962: move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs)
                    963:      int regno;
                    964:      rtx x;
                    965:      int nregs;
                    966: {
                    967:   int i;
                    968:   if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && x != dconst0_rtx)
                    969:     x = force_const_double_mem (x);
                    970:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    971:     {
                    972:       if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                    973:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    974:                        gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i));
1.1.1.19! root      975:       else if (x == dconst0_rtx || x == const0_rtx)
1.1.1.2   root      976:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    977:                        const0_rtx);
                    978:       else
                    979:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i),
                    980:                        gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
1.1.1.10  root      981:                                 memory_address (SImode,
                    982:                                                 plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                    983:                                                                i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)))));
1.1.1.2   root      984:     }
                    985: }
                    986: 
                    987: /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO.
                    988:    The number of registers to be filled is NREGS.  */
                    989: 
                    990: void
                    991: move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs)
                    992:      int regno;
                    993:      rtx x;
                    994:      int nregs;
                    995: {
                    996:   int i;
                    997:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    998:     {
                    999:       if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   1000:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i),
                   1001:                        gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i));
                   1002:       else
                   1003:        emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
1.1.1.10  root     1004:                                 memory_address (SImode,
                   1005:                                                 plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1006:                                                                i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)))),
1.1.1.2   root     1007:                        gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i));
1.1       root     1008:     }
                   1009: }
1.1.1.2   root     1010: 
                   1011: /* Mark NREGS consecutive regs, starting at REGNO, as being live now.  */
                   1012: 
                   1013: static void
                   1014: use_regs (regno, nregs)
                   1015:      int regno;
                   1016:      int nregs;
                   1017: {
                   1018:   int i;
                   1019:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                   1020:     emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, SImode, regno + i)));
                   1021: }
1.1       root     1022: 
1.1.1.2   root     1023: /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT.
                   1024:    If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes.  */
                   1025: 
                   1026: void
                   1027: clear_storage (object, size)
                   1028:      rtx object;
                   1029:      int size;
                   1030: {
                   1031:   if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode)
                   1032:     {
                   1033: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root     1034:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memset"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1035:                         VOIDmode, 3,
                   1036:                         XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, const0_rtx, Pmode,
                   1037:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size), Pmode);
                   1038: #else
1.1.1.17  root     1039:       emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bzero"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1040:                         VOIDmode, 2,
                   1041:                         XEXP (object, 0), Pmode,
                   1042:                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, size), Pmode);
                   1043: #endif
                   1044:     }
                   1045:   else
1.1.1.13  root     1046:     emit_move_insn (object, const0_rtx);
1.1.1.2   root     1047: }
                   1048: 
1.1       root     1049: /* Generate code to copy Y into X.
                   1050:    Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that
                   1051:    Y can be a constant with VOIDmode.
1.1.1.2   root     1052:    This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that.
1.1       root     1053: 
1.1.1.2   root     1054:    Return the last instruction emitted.  */
                   1055: 
                   1056: rtx
1.1       root     1057: emit_move_insn (x, y)
                   1058:      rtx x, y;
                   1059: {
                   1060:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   1061:   x = protect_from_queue (x, 1);
                   1062:   y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
                   1063: 
                   1064:   if (mode == BLKmode)
                   1065:     abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     1066:   if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1.1.1.19! root     1067:     {
        !          1068:       int icode = (int) mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
        !          1069:       if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (y, mode)
        !          1070:          && (CONSTANT_P (y) || GET_CODE (y) == CONST_DOUBLE))
        !          1071:        {
        !          1072:          y = force_const_mem (mode, y);
        !          1073:          if (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (y, 0)))
        !          1074:            y = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, memory_address (mode, XEXP (y, 0)));
        !          1075:        }
        !          1076:       return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x, y));
        !          1077:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1078: #if 0
                   1079:   /* It turns out you get much better optimization (in cse and flow)
                   1080:      if you define movdi and movdf instruction patterns
                   1081:      even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions.  */
1.1       root     1082:   else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
                   1083:     {
                   1084:       register int count = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
                   1085:       register int i;
1.1.1.2   root     1086:       if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_DOUBLE && y != dconst0_rtx)
                   1087:        y = force_const_double_mem (y);
1.1       root     1088:       for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
                   1089:        {
                   1090:          rtx x1, y1;
                   1091:          if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   1092:            x1 = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i);
                   1093:          else
                   1094:            x1 = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
                   1095:                          memory_address (SImode,
                   1096:                                          plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1097:                                                         i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))));
                   1098:          if (GET_CODE (y) == REG)
                   1099:            y1 = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, y, i);
1.1.1.2   root     1100:          else if (y == dconst0_rtx)
                   1101:            y1 = const0_rtx;
1.1       root     1102:          else
                   1103:            y1 = gen_rtx (MEM, SImode,
                   1104:                          memory_address (SImode,
                   1105:                                          plus_constant (XEXP (y, 0),
                   1106:                                                         i * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))));
                   1107:          emit_insn (gen_movsi (protect_from_queue (x1, 1), protect_from_queue (y1, 0)));
                   1108:        }
                   1109:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1110: #endif
1.1       root     1111:   else
                   1112:     abort ();
                   1113: }
                   1114: 
                   1115: /* Pushing data onto the stack.  */
                   1116: 
                   1117: /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable)
                   1118:    and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block.
1.1.1.4   root     1119:    Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED.
                   1120:    The value may be stack_pointer_rtx.
                   1121: 
1.1.1.19! root     1122:    EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to the block.
        !          1123:    The padding is pushed "after" the specified size.
        !          1124: 
1.1.1.7   root     1125:    The value we return does take account of STACK_POINTER_OFFSET.  */
1.1       root     1126: 
1.1.1.7   root     1127: rtx
1.1.1.19! root     1128: push_block (size, extra)
1.1       root     1129:      rtx size;
1.1.1.19! root     1130:      int extra;
1.1       root     1131: {
                   1132:   register rtx temp;
1.1.1.19! root     1133:   if (CONSTANT_P (size))
        !          1134:     anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra));
        !          1135:   else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     1136:     anti_adjust_stack (size);
                   1137:   else
1.1.1.19! root     1138:     {
        !          1139:       rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size);
        !          1140:       if (extra != 0)
        !          1141:        temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
        !          1142:                             temp, gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra),
        !          1143:                             temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
        !          1144:       anti_adjust_stack (temp);
        !          1145:     }
1.1.1.6   root     1146: 
1.1       root     1147: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.2   root     1148:   temp = stack_pointer_rtx;
1.1.1.19! root     1149:   if (extra != 0)
        !          1150:     temp = plus_constant (temp, extra);
1.1       root     1151: #else
                   1152:   temp = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
1.1.1.2   root     1153:                  stack_pointer_rtx,
1.1.1.11  root     1154:                  negate_rtx (Pmode, size));
1.1       root     1155:   if (GET_CODE (size) != CONST_INT)
                   1156:     temp = force_operand (temp, 0);
1.1.1.19! root     1157:   if (extra != 0)
        !          1158:     temp = plus_constant (temp, -extra);
1.1       root     1159: #endif
1.1.1.7   root     1160: 
                   1161: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
                   1162:   temp = plus_constant (temp, STACK_POINTER_OFFSET);
                   1163: #endif /* STACK_POINTER_OFFSET */
                   1164: 
1.1       root     1165:   return memory_address (QImode, temp);
                   1166: }
                   1167: 
                   1168: static rtx
                   1169: gen_push_operand ()
                   1170: {
                   1171:   return gen_rtx (
                   1172: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   1173:                  PRE_DEC,
                   1174: #else
                   1175:                  PRE_INC,
                   1176: #endif
                   1177:                  Pmode,
1.1.1.2   root     1178:                  stack_pointer_rtx);
1.1       root     1179: }
                   1180: 
                   1181: /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE.
                   1182:    MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't
                   1183:    carry mode info).
                   1184:    SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes),
                   1185:    needed only if X is BLKmode.
1.1.1.13  root     1186: 
1.1.1.2   root     1187:    ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume.
                   1188: 
                   1189:    If PARTIAL is nonzero, then copy that many of the first words
                   1190:    of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X.
                   1191:    The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words,
                   1192:    rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY.
                   1193:    REG must be a hard register in this case.
                   1194: 
                   1195:    EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg.
1.1.1.19! root     1196:    Within the function, we set EXTRA to zero once the padding is done,
        !          1197:    to avoid padding twice.
1.1.1.2   root     1198: 
                   1199:    On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of
                   1200:    the bottom of the argument block for this call.  We use indexing off there
                   1201:    to store the arg.  On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0.
                   1202: 
                   1203:    ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call.  */
1.1       root     1204: 
                   1205: static void
1.1.1.2   root     1206: emit_push_insn (x, mode, size, align, partial, reg, extra, args_addr, args_so_far)
1.1       root     1207:      register rtx x;
                   1208:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   1209:      rtx size;
                   1210:      int align;
1.1.1.2   root     1211:      int partial;
                   1212:      rtx reg;
                   1213:      int extra;
                   1214:      rtx args_addr;
                   1215:      rtx args_so_far;
1.1       root     1216: {
                   1217:   rtx xinner;
1.1.1.6   root     1218:   enum direction stack_direction
                   1219: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   1220:     = downward;
                   1221: #else
                   1222:     = upward;
                   1223: #endif
                   1224: 
                   1225:   /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below,
                   1226:      `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it.
                   1227:      Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above.  */
                   1228:   enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, size);
1.1       root     1229: 
                   1230:   xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
                   1231: 
1.1.1.6   root     1232:   if (extra)
                   1233:     {
                   1234:       if (args_addr == 0)
                   1235:        {
                   1236:          /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down,
                   1237:             or if padding below and stack grows up.  */
                   1238:          if (where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction)
1.1.1.19! root     1239:            {
        !          1240:              anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra));
        !          1241:              extra = 0;
        !          1242:            }
1.1.1.6   root     1243:        }
                   1244:       else
                   1245:        {
                   1246:          /* If space already allocated, just adjust the address we use.  */
                   1247:          if (where_pad == downward)
1.1.1.19! root     1248:            {
        !          1249:              args_so_far = plus_constant (args_so_far, extra);
        !          1250:            }
        !          1251:          /* If padding comes after a space already allocated,
        !          1252:             there is nothing to do.  */
        !          1253:          extra = 0;
1.1.1.6   root     1254:        }
                   1255:     }
1.1       root     1256: 
                   1257:   if (mode == BLKmode)
                   1258:     {
1.1.1.17  root     1259:       /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially.  */
                   1260: 
1.1       root     1261:       register rtx temp;
1.1.1.2   root     1262:       int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   1263:       int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.17  root     1264:       int skip;
                   1265:       
                   1266:       if (size == 0)
                   1267:        abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     1268: 
1.1.1.13  root     1269:       used -= offset;
1.1.1.2   root     1270: 
1.1.1.17  root     1271:       /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack
                   1272:         because registers will take care of them.  */
1.1       root     1273: 
1.1.1.2   root     1274:       if (partial != 0)
                   1275:        xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode,
                   1276:                                 plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used));
                   1277: 
1.1.1.17  root     1278: /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
                   1279:    skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
                   1280:    Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
                   1281:    by setting SKIP to 0.  */
                   1282: #ifndef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   1283:       skip = 0;
                   1284: #else
                   1285:       skip = used;
                   1286: #endif
                   1287: 
1.1.1.2   root     1288: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1289:       /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns
                   1290:         and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes
                   1291:         on the stack for alignment purposes.  */
                   1292:       if (args_addr == 0
                   1293:          && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1294:          && args_addr == 0
1.1.1.17  root     1295:          && skip == 0
1.1.1.2   root     1296:          && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)
                   1297:              < MOVE_RATIO)
                   1298:          && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size))
                   1299:        move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner,
                   1300:                        INTVAL (size) - used, align);
1.1       root     1301:       else
1.1.1.2   root     1302: #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */
1.1       root     1303:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1304:          /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data
                   1305:             to the address of that space.  */
                   1306: 
1.1.1.17  root     1307:          /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1308:          if (partial != 0)
                   1309:            {
                   1310:              if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT)
                   1311:                size = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, INTVAL (size) - used);
                   1312:              else
                   1313:                size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size,
                   1314:                                     gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, used),
                   1315:                                     0, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1316:            }
                   1317: 
                   1318:          /* Get the address of the stack space.  */
                   1319:          if (! args_addr)
1.1.1.19! root     1320:            {
        !          1321:              temp = push_block (size, extra);
        !          1322:              extra = 0;
        !          1323:            }
1.1.1.2   root     1324:          else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
                   1325:            temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
                   1326:                                   plus_constant (args_addr,
1.1.1.17  root     1327:                                                  skip + INTVAL (args_so_far)));
1.1.1.2   root     1328:          else
                   1329:            temp = memory_address (BLKmode,
                   1330:                                   plus_constant (gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
                   1331:                                                           args_addr, args_so_far),
1.1.1.17  root     1332:                                                  skip));
1.1.1.2   root     1333: 
                   1334:          /* TEMP is the address of the block.  Copy the data there.  */
                   1335:          if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1336:              && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align)
                   1337:                  < MOVE_RATIO))
                   1338:            {
                   1339:              move_by_pieces (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp), xinner,
                   1340:                              INTVAL (size), align);
1.1.1.16  root     1341:              goto ret;
1.1.1.2   root     1342:            }
1.1.1.13  root     1343:          /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point
                   1344:             including more than one in the machine description unless
                   1345:             the more limited one has some advantage.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1346: #ifdef HAVE_movstrqi
                   1347:          if (HAVE_movstrqi
                   1348:              && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1349:              && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
                   1350:                  < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode) - 1))))
1.1       root     1351:            {
1.1.1.9   root     1352:              emit_insn (gen_movstrqi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1.1.1.14  root     1353:                                       xinner, size,
                   1354:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1355:              goto ret;
1.1       root     1356:            }
                   1357: #endif
                   1358: #ifdef HAVE_movstrhi
                   1359:          if (HAVE_movstrhi
                   1360:              && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
                   1361:              && ((unsigned) INTVAL (size)
1.1.1.5   root     1362:                  < (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode) - 1))))
1.1       root     1363:            {
                   1364:              emit_insn (gen_movstrhi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
1.1.1.14  root     1365:                                       xinner, size,
                   1366:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1367:              goto ret;
1.1       root     1368:            }
                   1369: #endif
1.1.1.9   root     1370: #ifdef HAVE_movstrsi
                   1371:          if (HAVE_movstrsi)
1.1.1.5   root     1372:            {
1.1.1.14  root     1373:              emit_insn (gen_movstrsi (gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp),
                   1374:                                       xinner, size,
                   1375:                                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, align)));
1.1.1.16  root     1376:              goto ret;
1.1.1.5   root     1377:            }
                   1378: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     1379: 
                   1380:          if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, temp))
                   1381:            {
1.1.1.15  root     1382:              /* Now that emit_library_call does force_operand
                   1383:                 before pushing anything, preadjustment does not work.  */
                   1384:              temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1385: #if 0
1.1.1.2   root     1386:              /* Correct TEMP so it holds what will be a description of
                   1387:                 the address to copy to, valid after one arg is pushed.  */
1.1.1.5   root     1388:              int xsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
                   1389: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1390:              xsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (xsize);
                   1391: #endif
                   1392:              xsize = ((xsize + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   1393:                       / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   1394:                       * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.8   root     1395: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
                   1396:              /* If we are calling bcopy, we push one arg before TEMP.
                   1397:                 If calling memcpy, we push two.  */
                   1398:              xsize *= 2;
                   1399: #endif
1.1       root     1400: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.4   root     1401:              temp = plus_constant (temp, xsize);
1.1       root     1402: #else
1.1.1.6   root     1403:              temp = plus_constant (temp, -xsize);
1.1.1.15  root     1404: #endif /* not STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD */
                   1405: #endif /* 0 */
1.1.1.2   root     1406:            }
                   1407: 
1.1.1.17  root     1408:          /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call
1.1.1.2   root     1409:             to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1410:          NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1.1.2   root     1411: #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
1.1.1.17  root     1412:          emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memcpy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1413:                             VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode,
                   1414:                             size, Pmode);
                   1415: #else
1.1.1.17  root     1416:          emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bcopy"), 0,
1.1.1.2   root     1417:                             VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode,
1.1       root     1418:                             size, Pmode);
1.1.1.2   root     1419: #endif
1.1.1.9   root     1420:          OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1421:        }
                   1422:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1423:   else if (partial > 0)
1.1       root     1424:     {
1.1.1.14  root     1425:       /* Scalar partly in registers.  */
                   1426: 
1.1.1.2   root     1427:       int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   1428:       int i;
1.1.1.13  root     1429:       int not_stack;
1.1.1.6   root     1430:       /* # words of start of argument
1.1.1.2   root     1431:         that we must make space for but need not store.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1432:       int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD);
1.1.1.2   root     1433:       int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far);
1.1.1.17  root     1434:       int skip;
1.1.1.2   root     1435: 
                   1436:       /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push
1.1.1.17  root     1437:         the real data.  Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero
1.1.1.2   root     1438:         and leave the space uninitialized.  */
                   1439:       if (args_addr == 0)
1.1.1.17  root     1440:        offset = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     1441: 
1.1.1.17  root     1442:       /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to
1.1.1.13  root     1443:         allocate on the stack.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1444:       not_stack = partial - offset;
                   1445: 
                   1446: /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size,
                   1447:    skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers.
                   1448:    Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space,
                   1449:    by setting SKIP to 0.  */
                   1450: #ifndef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   1451:       skip = 0;
                   1452: #else
                   1453:       skip = not_stack;
                   1454: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     1455: 
                   1456:       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && x != dconst0_rtx)
                   1457:        x = force_const_double_mem (x);
                   1458: 
1.1.1.13  root     1459:       /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg.  */
1.1.1.14  root     1460:       /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word
                   1461:         has a size a multiple of a word.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1462: #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
1.1.1.13  root     1463:       for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++)
1.1.1.2   root     1464: #else
1.1.1.13  root     1465:       for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--)
1.1.1.2   root     1466: #endif
1.1.1.17  root     1467:        if (i >= not_stack + offset)
1.1.1.13  root     1468:          {
1.1.1.14  root     1469:            rtx wd;
                   1470:            rtx addr;
                   1471:            /* Get the next word of the value in WD.  */
1.1.1.13  root     1472:            if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
1.1.1.14  root     1473:              {
                   1474:                rtx addr = memory_address (SImode,
                   1475:                                           plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0),
                   1476:                                                          i * UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   1477:                /* Copy to a reg, since machine may lack
                   1478:                   memory-to-memory move insns.  */
                   1479:                wd = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, addr));
                   1480:              }
1.1.1.13  root     1481:            else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
1.1.1.14  root     1482:              wd = gen_rtx (SUBREG, SImode, x, i);
1.1.1.19! root     1483:            else if (x == dconst0_rtx || x == const0_rtx)
1.1.1.14  root     1484:              wd = const0_rtx;
1.1.1.13  root     1485:            else
                   1486:              abort ();
1.1.1.14  root     1487: 
                   1488:            emit_push_insn (wd,
                   1489:                            SImode, 0, align, 0, 0, 0, args_addr,
                   1490:                            gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
1.1.1.17  root     1491:                                     args_offset + (i - not_stack + skip) * UNITS_PER_WORD));
1.1.1.13  root     1492:          }
1.1       root     1493:     }
                   1494:   else
1.1.1.2   root     1495:     {
                   1496:       rtx addr;
                   1497: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1498:       if (args_addr == 0)
                   1499:        addr = gen_push_operand ();
                   1500:       else
                   1501: #endif
                   1502:        if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT)
                   1503:          addr
                   1504:            = memory_address (mode,
                   1505:                              plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (args_so_far)));
                   1506:       else
                   1507:        addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr,
                   1508:                                              args_so_far));
                   1509: 
                   1510:       emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, mode, addr), x);
                   1511:     }
                   1512: 
1.1.1.16  root     1513:  ret:
1.1.1.17  root     1514:   /* If part should go in registers, copy that part
                   1515:      into the appropriate registers.  Do this now, at the end,
                   1516:      since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls.  */
                   1517:   if (partial > 0)
                   1518:     move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial);
                   1519: 
1.1.1.19! root     1520:   if (extra)
1.1.1.2   root     1521:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, extra));
1.1       root     1522: }
                   1523: 
                   1524: /* Output a library call to function FUN (a SYMBOL_REF rtx)
1.1.1.17  root     1525:    (emitting the queue unless NO_QUEUE is nonzero),
                   1526:    for a value of mode OUTMODE,
1.1       root     1527:    with NARGS different arguments, passed as alternating rtx values
                   1528:    and machine_modes to convert them to.
                   1529:    The rtx values should have been passed through protect_from_queue already.  */
                   1530: 
                   1531: void
1.1.1.2   root     1532: emit_library_call (va_alist)
                   1533:      va_dcl
1.1       root     1534: {
1.1.1.2   root     1535:   register va_list p;
1.1       root     1536:   register int args_size = 0;
                   1537:   register int argnum;
1.1.1.2   root     1538:   enum machine_mode outmode;
                   1539:   int nargs;
                   1540:   rtx fun;
                   1541:   rtx orgfun;
                   1542:   int inc;
                   1543:   int count;
                   1544:   rtx *regvec;
                   1545:   rtx argblock = 0;
                   1546:   CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far;
1.1.1.19! root     1547:   struct arg { rtx value; enum machine_mode mode; rtx reg; int partial; };
1.1.1.2   root     1548:   struct arg *argvec;
1.1.1.17  root     1549:   int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.15  root     1550:   int stack_padding = 0;
1.1.1.17  root     1551:   int no_queue = 0;
1.1.1.18  root     1552:   rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     1553: 
                   1554:   va_start (p);
                   1555:   orgfun = fun = va_arg (p, rtx);
1.1.1.17  root     1556:   no_queue = va_arg (p, int);
1.1.1.2   root     1557:   outmode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
                   1558:   nargs = va_arg (p, int);
                   1559: 
                   1560:   regvec = (rtx *) alloca (nargs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1561: 
                   1562:   /* Copy all the libcall-arguments out of the varargs data
                   1563:      and into a vector ARGVEC.  */
                   1564:   argvec = (struct arg *) alloca (nargs * sizeof (struct arg));
1.1.1.19! root     1565: 
        !          1566:   INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, (tree)0);
1.1.1.2   root     1567:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1568:     {
1.1.1.14  root     1569:       rtx val = va_arg (p, rtx);
                   1570:       enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
1.1.1.19! root     1571:       int arg_size;
1.1.1.14  root     1572: 
                   1573:       argvec[count].value = val;
                   1574: 
                   1575:       /* Convert the arg value to the mode the library wants.
                   1576:         Also make sure it is a reasonable operand
                   1577:         for a move or push insn.  */
                   1578:       /* ??? It is wrong to do it here; must do it earlier
                   1579:         where we know the signedness of the arg.  */
                   1580:       if (GET_MODE (val) != mode && GET_MODE (val) != VOIDmode)
                   1581:        {
                   1582:          val = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.16  root     1583:          convert_move (val, argvec[count].value, 0);
1.1.1.14  root     1584:        }
                   1585:       else if (GET_CODE (val) != REG && GET_CODE (val) != MEM
                   1586:               
                   1587:               && ! ((CONSTANT_P (val) || GET_CODE (val) == CONST_DOUBLE)
                   1588:                     && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (val)))
                   1589:        val = force_operand (val, 0);
                   1590: 
                   1591:       argvec[count].value = val;
                   1592:       argvec[count].mode = mode;
1.1.1.19! root     1593: 
        !          1594:       regvec[count] = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
        !          1595: 
        !          1596: #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
        !          1597:       argvec[count].partial
        !          1598:        = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
        !          1599: #else
        !          1600:       argvec[count].partial = 0;
        !          1601: #endif
        !          1602: 
        !          1603:       FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, mode, (tree)0, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     1604:     }
                   1605:   va_end (p);
                   1606: 
                   1607:   /* If we have no actual push instructions, make space for all the args
                   1608:      right now.  */
                   1609: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   1610:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1611:     {
                   1612:       register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[count].mode;
1.1.1.19! root     1613:       register rtx reg = regvec[count];
        !          1614:       register int partial = argvec[count].partial;
1.1.1.2   root     1615: 
                   1616:       if (reg == 0 || partial != 0)
                   1617:        args_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                   1618:       if (partial != 0)
                   1619:        args_size -= partial * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
                   1620:     }
                   1621: 
                   1622:   if (args_size != 0)
1.1.1.15  root     1623:     {
                   1624: #ifdef STACK_ARGS_ADJUST
1.1.1.16  root     1625:       struct args_size size;
                   1626:       size.constant = args_size;
                   1627:       size.var = 0;
                   1628:       STACK_ARGS_ADJUST (size);
                   1629:       args_size = size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     1630: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     1631:       argblock
1.1.1.19! root     1632:        = push_block (round_push (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, args_size)), 0);
1.1.1.15  root     1633:     }
                   1634: #endif /* no PUSH_ROUNDING */
1.1.1.2   root     1635: 
                   1636: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   1637:   inc = -1;
                   1638:   argnum = nargs - 1;
1.1       root     1639: #else
1.1.1.2   root     1640:   inc = 1;
                   1641:   argnum = 0;
1.1       root     1642: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     1643:   args_size = stack_padding;
1.1.1.2   root     1644: 
                   1645:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++, argnum += inc)
1.1       root     1646:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1647:       register enum machine_mode mode = argvec[argnum].mode;
                   1648:       register rtx val = argvec[argnum].value;
1.1.1.19! root     1649:       rtx reg = regvec[argnum];
        !          1650:       int partial = argvec[argnum].partial;
1.1.1.2   root     1651:       int arg_size;
                   1652: 
                   1653:       if (reg != 0 && partial == 0)
                   1654:        emit_move_insn (reg, val);
                   1655:       else
                   1656:        emit_push_insn (val, mode, 0, 0, partial, reg, 0, argblock,
                   1657:                        gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, args_size));
                   1658: 
                   1659:       /* Compute size of stack space used by this argument.  */
                   1660:       if (reg == 0 || partial != 0)
                   1661:        arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
                   1662:       else
                   1663:        arg_size = 0;
                   1664:       if (partial != 0)
                   1665:        arg_size
                   1666:          -= ((partial * UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   1667:              / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   1668:              * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
                   1669: 
                   1670:       args_size += arg_size;
1.1.1.19! root     1671: 
1.1.1.9   root     1672:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1673:     }
                   1674: 
1.1.1.17  root     1675:   /* For version 1.37, try deleting this entirely.  */
                   1676:   if (! no_queue)
                   1677:     emit_queue ();
1.1.1.2   root     1678: 
                   1679:   fun = prepare_call_address (fun, 0);
                   1680: 
1.1.1.18  root     1681:   /* Any regs containing parms remain in use through the call.  */
                   1682:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.2   root     1683:   for (count = 0; count < nargs; count++)
                   1684:     if (regvec[count] != 0)
                   1685:       emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, regvec[count]));
                   1686: 
1.1.1.18  root     1687:   use_insns = gen_sequence ();
                   1688:   end_sequence ();
                   1689: 
1.1.1.2   root     1690: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   1691:   args_size = (args_size + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
                   1692: #endif
                   1693: 
1.1.1.3   root     1694:   /* Don't allow popping to be deferred, since then
                   1695:      cse'ing of library calls could delete a call and leave the pop.  */
1.1.1.9   root     1696:   NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1.1.2   root     1697:   emit_call_1 (fun, get_identifier (XSTR (orgfun, 0)), args_size,
                   1698:               FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1),
                   1699:               outmode != VOIDmode ? hard_libcall_value (outmode) : 0,
1.1.1.18  root     1700:               old_inhibit_defer_pop + 1, use_insns);
1.1.1.9   root     1701:   OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     1702: }
                   1703: 
                   1704: /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO.
1.1.1.2   root     1705:    If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO.
                   1706:    (This may contain a QUEUED rtx.)
                   1707:    Otherwise, the returned value is not meaningful.
                   1708: 
                   1709:    SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used.
                   1710:    It used to mean, copy the value through a register
                   1711:    and return that register, if that is possible.
                   1712:    But now we do this if WANT_VALUE.
                   1713: 
                   1714:    If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant.  */
1.1       root     1715: 
                   1716: rtx
1.1.1.2   root     1717: expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg)
1.1       root     1718:      tree to, from;
1.1.1.2   root     1719:      int want_value;
                   1720:      int suggest_reg;
1.1       root     1721: {
                   1722:   register rtx to_rtx = 0;
                   1723: 
                   1724:   /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous.  */
                   1725: 
                   1726:   if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK)
                   1727:     return expand_expr (from, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   1728: 
                   1729:   /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment
1.1.1.2   root     1730:      if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM.
                   1731:      Assignment of an array element at a constant index
                   1732:      has the same problem.  */
                   1733: 
                   1734:   if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF
                   1735:       || (TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF
                   1736:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   1737:          && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (to))) == INTEGER_CST))
1.1       root     1738:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1739:       register enum machine_mode mode1;
                   1740:       int bitsize;
1.1       root     1741:       int volstruct = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     1742:       tree tem = to;
                   1743:       int bitpos = 0;
                   1744:       int unsignedp;
1.1       root     1745: 
1.1.1.2   root     1746:       if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF)
1.1       root     1747:        {
                   1748:          tree field = TREE_OPERAND (to, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     1749:          bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   1750:          mode1 = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1));
                   1751:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
1.1       root     1752:        }
1.1.1.2   root     1753:       else
1.1       root     1754:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1755:          mode1 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to));
                   1756:          bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1);
                   1757:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to));
1.1       root     1758:        }
                   1759: 
1.1.1.2   root     1760:       /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs
                   1761:         and array-refs, and find the ultimate containing object.  */
1.1       root     1762: 
1.1.1.2   root     1763:       while (1)
1.1       root     1764:        {
1.1.1.2   root     1765:          if (TREE_CODE (tem) == COMPONENT_REF)
                   1766:            {
                   1767:              bitpos += DECL_OFFSET (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1));
                   1768:              if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   1769:                volstruct = 1;
                   1770:            }
                   1771:          else if (TREE_CODE (tem) == ARRAY_REF
                   1772:                   && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   1773:                   && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == INTEGER_CST)
                   1774:            {
                   1775:              bitpos += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1))
                   1776:                         * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
                   1777:                         * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.19! root     1778:              if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
        !          1779:                volstruct = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     1780:            }
                   1781:          else
                   1782:            break;
                   1783:          tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0);
1.1       root     1784:        }
1.1.1.17  root     1785:       /* TEM is now the containing data object.  */
1.1       root     1786: 
1.1.1.2   root     1787:       /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field,
                   1788:         make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use.  */
                   1789:       if (mode1 == BImode && want_value)
                   1790:        tem = stabilize_reference (tem);
1.1       root     1791: 
1.1.1.2   root     1792:       to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.19! root     1793:       if (volstruct)
        !          1794:        {
        !          1795:          if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM)
        !          1796:            MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1;
        !          1797:          else
        !          1798:            abort ();
        !          1799:        }
1.1.1.2   root     1800: 
                   1801:       return store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from,
1.1.1.10  root     1802:                          (want_value
                   1803:                           /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy.  */
                   1804:                           ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to))
                   1805:                           : VOIDmode),
1.1.1.14  root     1806:                          unsignedp,
1.1.1.17  root     1807:                          /* Required alignment of containing datum.  */
1.1.1.19! root     1808:                          TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
        !          1809:                          int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1       root     1810:     }
                   1811: 
                   1812:   /* Ordinary treatment.  Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx.
                   1813:      Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case).  */
                   1814: 
                   1815:   if (to_rtx == 0)
                   1816:     to_rtx = expand_expr (to, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   1817: 
                   1818:   /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got.  */
                   1819: 
1.1.1.2   root     1820:   return store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value);
1.1       root     1821: }
                   1822: 
                   1823: /* Generate code for computing expression EXP,
1.1.1.2   root     1824:    and storing the value into TARGET.
                   1825:    Returns TARGET or an equivalent value.
                   1826:    TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx.
1.1       root     1827: 
1.1.1.2   root     1828:    If SUGGEST_REG is nonzero, copy the value through a register
                   1829:    and return that register, if that is possible.
                   1830: 
                   1831:    If the value stored is a constant, we return the constant.  */
                   1832: 
                   1833: rtx
                   1834: store_expr (exp, target, suggest_reg)
1.1       root     1835:      register tree exp;
                   1836:      register rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     1837:      int suggest_reg;
1.1       root     1838: {
1.1.1.2   root     1839:   register rtx temp;
                   1840:   int dont_return_target = 0;
                   1841: 
                   1842:   /* Copying a non-constant CONSTRUCTOR needs special treatment.  */
                   1843: 
                   1844:   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_LITERAL (exp))
                   1845:     {
                   1846:       store_constructor (exp, target);
                   1847:       return target;
                   1848:     }
                   1849: 
                   1850:   if (suggest_reg && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode)
                   1851:     /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead,
                   1852:        arrange that.  Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that,
                   1853:        if EXP is another assignment, SUGGEST_REG will be nonzero for it.
                   1854:        We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case.  */
                   1855:     {
                   1856:       temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? 0 : target,
                   1857:                          GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1858:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   1859:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1860:       dont_return_target = 1;
                   1861:     }
                   1862:   else if (queued_subexp_p (target))
                   1863:     /* If target contains a postincrement, it is not safe
                   1864:        to use as the returned value.  It would access the wrong
                   1865:        place by the time the queued increment gets output.
                   1866:        So copy the value through a temporary and use that temp
                   1867:        as the result.  */
                   1868:     {
                   1869:       temp = expand_expr (exp, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1870:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   1871:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   1872:       dont_return_target = 1;
                   1873:     }
                   1874:   else
                   1875:     {
                   1876:       temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0);
                   1877:       /* DO return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register.
                   1878:         expand_return relies on this.  */
                   1879:       if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG
                   1880:            && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1881:          && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_DOUBLE))
                   1882:        dont_return_target = 1;
                   1883:     }
                   1884: 
1.1.1.12  root     1885:   /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there.
                   1886:      Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec.  */
1.1.1.2   root     1887: 
1.1       root     1888:   if (temp != target && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK)
                   1889:     {
                   1890:       target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
                   1891:       if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target)
                   1892:          && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
1.1.1.2   root     1893:        {
                   1894:          int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1895:          if (dont_return_target)
1.1.1.12  root     1896:            {
                   1897:              /* In this case, we will return TEMP,
                   1898:                 so make sure it has the proper mode.
                   1899:                 But don't forget to store the value into TARGET.  */
                   1900:              temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp);
                   1901:              emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1902:            }
1.1.1.2   root     1903:          else
                   1904:            convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp);
                   1905:        }
                   1906: 
1.1       root     1907:       else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode)
                   1908:        emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp),
                   1909:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   1910:       else
                   1911:        emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1912:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1913:   if (dont_return_target)
                   1914:     return temp;
1.1       root     1915:   return target;
                   1916: }
                   1917: 
1.1.1.2   root     1918: /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET.
                   1919:    TARGET is either a REG or a MEM.  */
1.1       root     1920: 
1.1.1.2   root     1921: static void
                   1922: store_constructor (exp, target)
                   1923:      tree exp;
                   1924:      rtx target;
1.1       root     1925: {
1.1.1.7   root     1926:   /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register
                   1927:      since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP.
                   1928:      Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all.  */
                   1929:   if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1930:     {
                   1931:       rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target));
                   1932:       store_constructor (exp, temp);
                   1933:       emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   1934:       return;
                   1935:     }
                   1936: 
1.1.1.2   root     1937:   if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE)
1.1       root     1938:     {
1.1.1.2   root     1939:       register tree elt;
1.1       root     1940: 
1.1.1.2   root     1941:       /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
                   1942:         clear the whole structure first.  */
1.1       root     1943: 
1.1.1.2   root     1944:       if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp))
                   1945:          != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (exp))))
                   1946:        clear_storage (target, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
                   1947:       else
                   1948:        /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead.  */
                   1949:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
                   1950: 
                   1951:       /* Store each element of the constructor into
                   1952:         the corresponding field of TARGET.  */
                   1953: 
                   1954:       for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
                   1955:        {
                   1956:          register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt);
                   1957:          register enum machine_mode mode;
                   1958:          int bitsize;
                   1959:          int bitpos;
                   1960:          int unsignedp;
                   1961: 
                   1962:          bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   1963:          mode = DECL_MODE (field);
                   1964:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
                   1965: 
                   1966:          bitpos = DECL_OFFSET (field);
                   1967: 
                   1968:          store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
1.1.1.15  root     1969:                       /* The alignment of TARGET is
                   1970:                          at least what its type requires.  */
1.1.1.17  root     1971:                       VOIDmode, 0,
1.1.1.19! root     1972:                       TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
        !          1973:                       int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     1974:        }
                   1975:     }
                   1976:   else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
                   1977:     {
                   1978:       register tree elt;
                   1979:       register int i;
                   1980:       tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1981:       int minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain));
                   1982:       int maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain));
                   1983:       tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   1984: 
                   1985:       /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure,
                   1986:         clear the whole structure first.  */
                   1987: 
                   1988:       if (list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) < maxelt - minelt + 1)
                   1989:        clear_storage (target, maxelt - minelt + 1);
                   1990:       else
                   1991:        /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead.  */
                   1992:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target));
                   1993: 
                   1994:       /* Store each element of the constructor into
                   1995:         the corresponding element of TARGET, determined
                   1996:         by counting the elements.  */
                   1997:       for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0;
                   1998:           elt;
                   1999:           elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++)
                   2000:        {
                   2001:          register enum machine_mode mode;
                   2002:          int bitsize;
                   2003:          int bitpos;
                   2004:          int unsignedp;
                   2005: 
                   2006:          mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype);
                   2007:          bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
                   2008:          unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype);
                   2009: 
                   2010:          bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))
                   2011:                    * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype));
                   2012: 
                   2013:          store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, TREE_VALUE (elt),
1.1.1.15  root     2014:                       /* The alignment of TARGET is
                   2015:                          at least what its type requires.  */
1.1.1.17  root     2016:                       VOIDmode, 0,
1.1.1.19! root     2017:                       TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
        !          2018:                       int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     2019:        }
                   2020:     }
                   2021: }
                   2022: 
                   2023: /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree)
                   2024:    into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies
                   2025:    BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET.
                   2026: 
                   2027:    If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular.
                   2028:    UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case.
                   2029: 
                   2030:    Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored.  This rtx
                   2031:    has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do.
1.1.1.14  root     2032:    In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type.
                   2033: 
1.1.1.19! root     2034:    ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes.
        !          2035:    TOTAL_SIZE is its size in bytes, or -1 if variable.  */
1.1.1.2   root     2036: 
                   2037: static rtx
1.1.1.19! root     2038: store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, unsignedp, align,
        !          2039:             total_size)
1.1.1.2   root     2040:      rtx target;
                   2041:      int bitsize, bitpos;
                   2042:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   2043:      tree exp;
                   2044:      enum machine_mode value_mode;
                   2045:      int unsignedp;
1.1.1.14  root     2046:      int align;
1.1.1.19! root     2047:      int total_size;
1.1.1.2   root     2048: {
                   2049:   /* If the structure is in a register or if the component
                   2050:      is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it.
                   2051:      Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it.  */
                   2052: 
                   2053:   if (mode == BImode || GET_CODE (target) == REG
                   2054:       || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)
                   2055:     {
                   2056:       store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos,
                   2057:                       mode,
1.1.1.14  root     2058:                       expand_expr (exp, 0, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.19! root     2059:                       align, total_size);
1.1.1.2   root     2060:       if (value_mode != VOIDmode)
                   2061:        return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp,
1.1.1.19! root     2062:                                  0, value_mode, 0, align, total_size);
1.1.1.2   root     2063:       return const0_rtx;
                   2064:     }
                   2065:   else
                   2066:     {
                   2067:       rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0);
                   2068:       rtx to_rtx;
                   2069: 
                   2070:       /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs;
                   2071:         so make the address stable for multiple use.  */
                   2072: 
                   2073:       if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG
                   2074:          && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr))
                   2075:        addr = copy_to_reg (addr);
                   2076: 
                   2077:       /* Now build a reference to just the desired component.  */
                   2078: 
                   2079:       to_rtx = change_address (target, mode,
                   2080:                               plus_constant (addr,
                   2081:                                              (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
1.1.1.10  root     2082:       MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     2083: 
                   2084:       return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode);
                   2085:     }
                   2086: }
                   2087: 
                   2088: /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications,
                   2089:    return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory.
                   2090:    This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic
                   2091:    and returning a pseudo-register containing the value.  */
                   2092: 
                   2093: rtx
                   2094: force_operand (value, target)
                   2095:      rtx value, target;
                   2096: {
                   2097:   register optab binoptab = 0;
                   2098:   register rtx op2;
                   2099:   /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation.  */
                   2100:   register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
                   2101: 
                   2102:   if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS)
                   2103:     binoptab = add_optab;
                   2104:   else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS)
                   2105:     binoptab = sub_optab;
                   2106:   else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT)
                   2107:     {
                   2108:       op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
                   2109:       if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
                   2110:          && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
                   2111:        subtarget = 0;
                   2112:       return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value),
                   2113:                          force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget),
                   2114:                          force_operand (op2, 0),
                   2115:                          target, 0);
                   2116:     }
                   2117: 
                   2118:   if (binoptab)
                   2119:     {
                   2120:       op2 = XEXP (value, 1);
                   2121:       if (!CONSTANT_P (op2)
                   2122:          && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget))
                   2123:        subtarget = 0;
                   2124:       if (binoptab == sub_optab
                   2125:          && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op2) < 0)
                   2126:        {
                   2127:          binoptab = add_optab;
                   2128:          op2 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, - INTVAL (op2));
                   2129:        }
                   2130:       return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab,
                   2131:                           force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget),
                   2132:                           force_operand (op2, 0),
                   2133:                           target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   2134:       /* We give UNSIGNEP = 0 to expand_binop
                   2135:         because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones.  */
                   2136:     }
                   2137:   return value;
                   2138: }
                   2139: 
                   2140: /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP.
1.1.1.14  root     2141:    An rtx for the computed value is returned.  The value is never null.
                   2142:    In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned.
1.1.1.2   root     2143: 
                   2144:    The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero.
1.1       root     2145:    TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
                   2146:    the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET.
                   2147: 
1.1.1.2   root     2148:    If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored.
                   2149: 
1.1       root     2150:    If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the
                   2151:    result in mode TMODE.  But this is done only when convenient.
                   2152:    Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode.
                   2153:    TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that
                   2154:    the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE.
                   2155: 
1.1.1.2   root     2156:    If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition
1.1       root     2157:    we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...))
                   2158:    or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are
                   2159:    products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant.
1.1.1.2   root     2160:    Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions
                   2161:    and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum.
                   2162: 
                   2163:    If MODIFIER is EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS then it is ok to return
                   2164:    a MEM rtx whose address is a constant that isn't a legitimate address.  */
1.1       root     2165: 
                   2166: /* Subroutine of expand_expr:
1.1.1.13  root     2167:    save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list
                   2168:    which can restore these values to their previous values,
                   2169:    should something modify their storage.  */
                   2170: static tree
                   2171: save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list)
                   2172:      tree lhs;
                   2173:      tree list;
                   2174: {
                   2175:   tree tail;
                   2176:   tree parts = 0;
                   2177: 
                   2178:   for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail))
                   2179:     if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST)
                   2180:       parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (TREE_VALUE (tail)));
                   2181:     else
                   2182:       {
                   2183:        tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail);
                   2184:        tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part);
                   2185:        parts = tree_cons (save_expr (build_component_ref (lhs, part, parts, 0)),
                   2186:                           build_nt (RTL_EXPR, 0, (tree) assign_stack_local (TYPE_MODE (part_type), int_size_in_bytes (part_type))),
                   2187:                           parts);
                   2188:        store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0);
                   2189:       }
                   2190:   return parts;
                   2191: }
                   2192: 
                   2193: /* Subroutine of expand_expr:
1.1       root     2194:    return the target to use when recursively expanding
                   2195:    the first operand of an arithmetic operation.  */
                   2196: 
                   2197: static rtx
                   2198: validate_subtarget (subtarget, otherop)
                   2199:      rtx subtarget;
                   2200:      tree otherop;
                   2201: {
                   2202:   if (TREE_LITERAL (otherop))
                   2203:     return subtarget;
                   2204:   if (TREE_CODE (otherop) == VAR_DECL
                   2205:       && DECL_RTL (otherop) != subtarget)
                   2206:     return subtarget;
                   2207:   return 0;
                   2208: }
                   2209: 
                   2210: rtx
1.1.1.2   root     2211: expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier)
1.1       root     2212:      register tree exp;
                   2213:      rtx target;
                   2214:      enum machine_mode tmode;
1.1.1.2   root     2215:      enum expand_modifier modifier;
1.1       root     2216: {
                   2217:   register rtx op0, op1, temp;
                   2218:   tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
                   2219:   register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
                   2220:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2221:   optab this_optab;
1.1       root     2222:   int negate_1;
                   2223:   /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation.  */
                   2224:   rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2225:   rtx original_target = target;
                   2226:   int ignore = target == const0_rtx;
                   2227: 
1.1.1.7   root     2228:   /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner
                   2229:      can only handle pseudo regs.  */
                   2230:   if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   2231:     subtarget = 0;
1.1.1.17  root     2232:   /* Avoid subtargets inside loops,
                   2233:      since they hide some invariant expressions.  */
                   2234:   if (optimize && inside_loop ())
                   2235:     subtarget = 0;
1.1.1.7   root     2236: 
1.1.1.2   root     2237:   if (ignore) target = 0, original_target = 0;
1.1       root     2238: 
                   2239:   /* If will do cse, generate all results into registers
                   2240:      since 1) that allows cse to find more things
                   2241:      and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine
                   2242:      cannot support.  */
                   2243: 
                   2244:   if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode)
                   2245:     target = subtarget;
                   2246: 
1.1.1.2   root     2247:   /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done
                   2248:      if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address.
                   2249:      And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or zero-extend.  */
                   2250: 
                   2251:   if (mode != Pmode && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1.1.6   root     2252:     modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL;
1.1.1.2   root     2253: 
1.1.1.19! root     2254:   /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored.  */
        !          2255:   if (ignore && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)
        !          2256:       && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
        !          2257:     {
        !          2258:       target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
        !          2259:       temp = expand_expr (exp, target, VOIDmode, modifier);
        !          2260:       if (temp != target)
        !          2261:        emit_move_insn (target, temp);
        !          2262:       return target;
        !          2263:     }
        !          2264: 
1.1       root     2265:   switch (code)
                   2266:     {
1.1.1.4   root     2267:     case PARM_DECL:
                   2268:       if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2269:        {
                   2270:          error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'");
                   2271:          return const0_rtx;
                   2272:        }
                   2273: 
1.1       root     2274:     case FUNCTION_DECL:
                   2275:     case VAR_DECL:
                   2276:     case RESULT_DECL:
                   2277:       if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2278:        abort ();
1.1.1.14  root     2279:       /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined
                   2280:         from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed.
                   2281:         See expand_decl.  */
                   2282:       if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2283:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG)
1.1.1.16  root     2284:        return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)),
1.1.1.14  root     2285:                               XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0));
1.1.1.2   root     2286:       if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2287:          && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)
                   2288:        {
                   2289:          /* DECL_RTL probably contains a constant address.
                   2290:             On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
                   2291:             make some insns to get that address into a register.  */
1.1.1.7   root     2292:          if (!memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))
                   2293:              || (flag_force_addr
                   2294:                  && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))))
1.1.1.2   root     2295:            return change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
                   2296:                                   copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)));
                   2297:        }
1.1       root     2298:       return DECL_RTL (exp);
                   2299: 
                   2300:     case INTEGER_CST:
1.1.1.7   root     2301:       if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   2302:        return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp));
1.1.1.8   root     2303:       /* Generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE
1.1.1.7   root     2304:         which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary.  */
1.1.1.8   root     2305:       return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp),
                   2306:                                 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp),
                   2307:                                 mode);
1.1       root     2308: 
                   2309:     case CONST_DECL:
                   2310:       return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2311: 
                   2312:     case REAL_CST:
1.1.1.7   root     2313:       /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE
                   2314:         which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary.  */
1.1       root     2315:       if (!cse_not_expected)
                   2316:        return immed_real_const (exp);
                   2317:     case COMPLEX_CST:
                   2318:     case STRING_CST:
1.1.1.8   root     2319:       if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp))
                   2320:        output_constant_def (exp);
                   2321: 
                   2322:       /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address.
                   2323:         On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid,
                   2324:         make some insns to get that address into a register.  */
                   2325:       if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM
                   2326:          && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
                   2327:          && !memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)))
                   2328:        return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode,
                   2329:                               copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)));
1.1       root     2330:       return TREE_CST_RTL (exp);
                   2331: 
                   2332:     case SAVE_EXPR:
                   2333:       if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0)
                   2334:        {
1.1.1.5   root     2335:          rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   2336:          SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = reg;
                   2337:          store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), reg, 0);
                   2338:          if (!optimize)
                   2339:            save_expr_regs = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, reg,
                   2340:                                      save_expr_regs);
1.1       root     2341:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2342:       /* Don't let the same rtl node appear in two places.  */
1.1       root     2343:       return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp);
                   2344: 
1.1.1.17  root     2345:     case LET_STMT:
                   2346:       TREE_USED (exp) = 1;
                   2347:       temp = expand_expr (STMT_BODY (exp), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2348:       return temp;
                   2349: 
1.1.1.2   root     2350:     case RTL_EXPR:
1.1.1.10  root     2351:       if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx)
                   2352:        abort ();
                   2353:       emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp));
                   2354:       RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx;
1.1.1.2   root     2355:       return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
                   2356: 
                   2357:     case CONSTRUCTOR:
                   2358:       /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory.  */
                   2359:       if (TREE_STATIC (exp))
                   2360:        /* For aggregate types with non-BLKmode modes,
                   2361:           this should ideally construct a CONST_INT.  */
1.1.1.14  root     2362:        {
                   2363:          rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp);
                   2364:          if (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor),
                   2365:                                  XEXP (constructor, 0)))
                   2366:            constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode,
                   2367:                                          XEXP (constructor, 0));
                   2368:          return constructor;
                   2369:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2370: 
                   2371:       if (ignore)
                   2372:        {
                   2373:          tree elt;
                   2374:          for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt))
                   2375:            expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2376:          return const0_rtx;
                   2377:        }
                   2378:       else
                   2379:        {
                   2380:          if (target == 0)
1.1.1.19! root     2381:            target
        !          2382:              = assign_stack_local (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
        !          2383:                                    int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
1.1.1.2   root     2384:          store_expr (exp, target, 0);
                   2385:          return target;
                   2386:        }
                   2387: 
1.1       root     2388:     case INDIRECT_REF:
                   2389:       {
                   2390:        tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2391:        tree exp2;
                   2392: 
                   2393:        /* A SAVE_EXPR as the address in an INDIRECT_EXPR is generated
                   2394:           for  *PTR += ANYTHING  where PTR is put inside the SAVE_EXPR.
                   2395:           This code has the same general effect as simply doing
                   2396:           expand_expr on the save expr, except that the expression PTR
                   2397:           is computed for use as a memory address.  This means different
                   2398:           code, suitable for indexing, may be generated.  */
                   2399:        if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR
                   2400:            && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) == 0
                   2401:            && TREE_CODE (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) != ERROR_MARK
                   2402:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)) == Pmode
                   2403:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp2)) == Pmode)
                   2404:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2405:            temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2406:            op0 = memory_address (mode, temp);
                   2407:            op0 = copy_all_regs (op0);
                   2408:            SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp1) = op0;
                   2409:          }
                   2410:        else
                   2411:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2412:            op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2413:            op0 = memory_address (mode, op0);
                   2414:          }
                   2415:       }
                   2416:       temp = gen_rtx (MEM, mode, op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2417:       /* If address was computed by addition,
                   2418:         mark this as an element of an aggregate.  */
                   2419:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
                   2420:          || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR
                   2421:              && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR))
1.1.1.10  root     2422:        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1;
1.1.1.13  root     2423:       MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) || flag_volatile;
1.1.1.10  root     2424:       RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2425:       return temp;
                   2426: 
                   2427:     case ARRAY_REF:
                   2428:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST
                   2429:          || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST)
                   2430:        {
                   2431:          /* Nonconstant array index or nonconstant element size.
                   2432:             Generate the tree for *(&array+index) and expand that,
                   2433:             except do it in a language-independent way
                   2434:             and don't complain about non-lvalue arrays.
                   2435:             `mark_addressable' should already have been called
                   2436:             for any array for which this case will be reached.  */
                   2437: 
1.1.1.19! root     2438:          /* Don't forget the const or volatile flag from the array element. */
        !          2439:          tree variant_type = build_type_variant (type,
        !          2440:                                                  TREE_READONLY (exp),
        !          2441:                                                  TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp));
        !          2442:          tree array_adr = build (ADDR_EXPR, TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2443:                                  TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
                   2444:          tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2445:          tree elt;
                   2446: 
                   2447:          /* Convert the integer argument to a type the same size as a pointer
                   2448:             so the multiply won't overflow spuriously.  */
                   2449:          if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (index)) != POINTER_SIZE)
                   2450:            index = convert (type_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, 0), index);
                   2451: 
                   2452:          /* The array address isn't volatile even if the array is.  */
                   2453:          TREE_VOLATILE (array_adr) = 0;
                   2454: 
                   2455:          elt = build (INDIRECT_REF, type,
1.1.1.19! root     2456:                       fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2457:                                    array_adr,
                   2458:                                    fold (build (MULT_EXPR,
1.1.1.19! root     2459:                                                 TYPE_POINTER_TO (variant_type),
1.1.1.2   root     2460:                                                 index, size_in_bytes (type))))));
                   2461: 
                   2462:          return expand_expr (elt, target, tmode, modifier);
                   2463:        }
1.1.1.13  root     2464: 
1.1.1.17  root     2465:       /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2].
                   2466:         This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &.  */
                   2467:       {
                   2468:        int i;
                   2469:        tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2470:        tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2471: 
                   2472:        if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == STRING_CST
                   2473:            && TREE_CODE (arg1) == INTEGER_CST
                   2474:            && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg1)
                   2475:            && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg1)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (arg0))
                   2476:          {
                   2477:            if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == integer_type_node)
                   2478:              {
                   2479:                exp = build_int_2 (((int *)TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0))[i], 0);
                   2480:                TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
                   2481:                return expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier);
                   2482:              }
                   2483:            if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == char_type_node)
                   2484:              {
                   2485:                exp = build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_POINTER (arg0)[i], 0);
                   2486:                TREE_TYPE (exp) = integer_type_node;
                   2487:                return expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)), exp), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2488:              }
                   2489:          }
                   2490:       }
                   2491: 
1.1.1.13  root     2492:       /* If this is a constant index into a constant array,
                   2493:         just get the value from the array.  */
                   2494:       if (TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2495:          && ! TREE_VOLATILE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2496:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == ARRAY_TYPE
                   2497:          && TREE_LITERAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2498:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == VAR_DECL
1.1.1.15  root     2499:          && DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))
                   2500:          && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ERROR_MARK)
1.1.1.13  root     2501:        {
                   2502:          tree index = fold (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2503:          if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2504:            {
                   2505:              int i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index);
                   2506:              tree init = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (DECL_INITIAL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
                   2507: 
                   2508:              while (init && i--)
                   2509:                init = TREE_CHAIN (init);
                   2510:              if (init)
                   2511:                return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (init)), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2512:            }
                   2513:        }
1.1.1.2   root     2514:       /* Treat array-ref with constant index as a component-ref.  */
1.1       root     2515: 
                   2516:     case COMPONENT_REF:
                   2517:       {
1.1.1.2   root     2518:        register enum machine_mode mode1;
1.1       root     2519:        int volstruct = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     2520:        int bitsize;
                   2521:        tree tem = exp;
                   2522:        int bitpos = 0;
                   2523:        int unsignedp;
1.1       root     2524: 
1.1.1.2   root     2525:        if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF)
1.1       root     2526:          {
                   2527:            tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     2528:            bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)) * DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field);
                   2529:            mode1 = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2530:            unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field);
1.1       root     2531:          }
1.1.1.2   root     2532:        else
1.1       root     2533:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2534:            mode1 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   2535:            bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode1);
                   2536:            unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
1.1       root     2537:          }
                   2538: 
1.1.1.2   root     2539:        /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs
                   2540:           and array-refs, and find the ultimate containing object.  */
                   2541: 
                   2542:        while (1)
1.1       root     2543:          {
1.1.1.2   root     2544:            if (TREE_CODE (tem) == COMPONENT_REF)
                   2545:              {
                   2546:                bitpos += DECL_OFFSET (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1));
                   2547:                if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
                   2548:                  volstruct = 1;
                   2549:              }
                   2550:            else if (TREE_CODE (tem) == ARRAY_REF
                   2551:                     && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2552:                     && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2553:              {
                   2554:                bitpos += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 1))
                   2555:                           * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
                   2556:                           * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.19! root     2557:                if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tem))
        !          2558:                  volstruct = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     2559:              }
                   2560:            else
                   2561:              break;
                   2562:            tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0);
1.1       root     2563:          }
                   2564: 
1.1.1.2   root     2565:        op0 = expand_expr (tem, 0, VOIDmode,
                   2566:                           (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS
                   2567:                            ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL));
1.1       root     2568: 
1.1.1.2   root     2569:        if (mode1 == BImode || GET_CODE (op0) == REG
                   2570:            || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
1.1.1.17  root     2571:          return extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp,
                   2572:                                    target, mode, tmode,
1.1.1.19! root     2573:                                    TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
        !          2574:                                    int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
1.1.1.2   root     2575:        /* Get a reference to just this component.  */
                   2576:        if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)
                   2577:          op0 = gen_rtx (MEM, mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2578:                                                    (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
                   2579:        else
                   2580:          op0 = change_address (op0, mode1,
                   2581:                                plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2582:                                               (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)));
1.1.1.10  root     2583:        MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1;
1.1.1.15  root     2584:        MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volstruct;
1.1.1.2   root     2585:        /* If OP0 is in the shared structure-value stack slot,
                   2586:           and it is not BLKmode, copy it into a register.
                   2587:           The shared slot may be clobbered at any time by another call.
                   2588:           BLKmode is safe because our caller will either copy the value away
                   2589:           or take another component and come back here.  */
                   2590:        if (mode != BLKmode
                   2591:            && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CALL_EXPR
                   2592:            && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == BLKmode)
                   2593:          op0 = copy_to_reg (op0);
                   2594:        if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode)
                   2595:          return op0;
                   2596:        if (target == 0)
                   2597:          target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode);
                   2598:        convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2599:        return target;
1.1       root     2600:       }
                   2601: 
                   2602:       /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal.
                   2603:         But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be
                   2604:         necessary for these.  INDIRECT_REF might work for them.  */
                   2605:     case BUFFER_REF:
                   2606:       abort ();
                   2607: 
1.1.1.13  root     2608:     case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR:
                   2609:       RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2610:        = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier);
                   2611:       cleanups_of_this_call = tree_cons (0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), cleanups_of_this_call);
                   2612:       return RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2613: 
1.1       root     2614:     case CALL_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     2615:       /* Check for a built-in function.  */
                   2616:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
                   2617:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
1.1.1.5   root     2618:          && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))
                   2619:              != NOT_BUILT_IN))
1.1.1.17  root     2620:        return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore);
1.1       root     2621:       /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls,
                   2622:         just return the result we got.  */
                   2623:       if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
                   2624:        return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2625:       return expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
1.1       root     2626: 
                   2627:     case NOP_EXPR:
                   2628:     case CONVERT_EXPR:
1.1.1.7   root     2629:     case REFERENCE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     2630:       if (TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE || ignore)
1.1       root     2631:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2632:          expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier);
1.1       root     2633:          return const0_rtx;
                   2634:        }
                   2635:       if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
1.1.1.2   root     2636:        return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, modifier);
1.1       root     2637:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, mode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2638:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode || GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
1.1       root     2639:        return op0;
1.1.1.2   root     2640:       if (flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM)
                   2641:        op0 = copy_to_reg (op0);
1.1.1.18  root     2642:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
                   2643:        /* Avoid problem in convert_move due to unknown mode of OP0.  */
                   2644:        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
                   2645:                                op0);
1.1       root     2646:       if (target == 0)
                   2647:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.2   root     2648:       convert_move (target, op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))));
1.1       root     2649:       return target;
                   2650: 
                   2651:     case PLUS_EXPR:
                   2652:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     2653:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2654:          && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     2655:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2656:          op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2657:          op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
1.1.1.2   root     2658:          return op1;
1.1       root     2659:        }
                   2660:       negate_1 = 1;
                   2661:     plus_minus:
1.1.1.2   root     2662:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2663:          && modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     2664:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2665:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2666:          op0 = plus_constant (op0,
                   2667:                               negate_1 * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
1.1.1.2   root     2668:          return op0;
1.1       root     2669:        }
                   2670:       this_optab = add_optab;
1.1.1.2   root     2671:       if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM) goto binop;
1.1       root     2672:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1.1.2   root     2673:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
                   2674:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
1.1       root     2675:       /* Put a sum last, to simplify what follows.  */
                   2676: #ifdef OLD_INDEXING
                   2677:       if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT)
                   2678:        {
                   2679:          temp = op0;
                   2680:          op0 = op1;
                   2681:          op1 = temp;
                   2682:        }
                   2683: #endif
                   2684: #ifndef OLD_INDEXING
                   2685:       /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last.  */
                   2686:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
1.1.1.2   root     2687:          && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
1.1       root     2688:        {
                   2689:          temp = op0;
                   2690:          op0 = op1;
                   2691:          op1 = temp;
                   2692:        }
                   2693:       /* If adding to a sum including a constant,
                   2694:         associate it to put the constant outside.  */
                   2695:       if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS
1.1.1.2   root     2696:          && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1)))
1.1       root     2697:        {
1.1.1.16  root     2698:          rtx tem;
                   2699:          int constant_term = 0;
                   2700: 
1.1       root     2701:          op0 = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0);
1.1.1.16  root     2702:          /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible.  */
                   2703:          tem = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term);
1.1       root     2704:          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1.1.1.16  root     2705:            {
                   2706:              if (constant_term != 0)
                   2707:                return plus_constant (tem, INTVAL (XEXP (op1, 1)) + constant_term);
                   2708:              else
                   2709:                return plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (XEXP (op1, 1)));
                   2710:            }
1.1       root     2711:          else
                   2712:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 1));
                   2713:        }
                   2714: #endif
                   2715:       return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
                   2716: 
                   2717:     case MINUS_EXPR:
                   2718:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.18  root     2719:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2720:          && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
1.1       root     2721:        {
1.1.1.10  root     2722:          int negated;
1.1.1.2   root     2723:          if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
                   2724:            {
                   2725:              negate_1 = -1;
                   2726:              goto plus_minus;
                   2727:            }
                   2728:          subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2729:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.10  root     2730:          negated = - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2731:          if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   2732:            negated &= (1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) - 1;
                   2733:          op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, negated);
1.1.1.2   root     2734:          this_optab = add_optab;
                   2735:          goto binop2;
1.1       root     2736:        }
                   2737:       this_optab = sub_optab;
                   2738:       goto binop;
                   2739: 
                   2740:     case MULT_EXPR:
                   2741:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2742:       /* If first operand is constant, swap them.
                   2743:         Thus the following special case checks need only
                   2744:         check the second operand.  */
                   2745:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2746:        {
                   2747:          register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   2748:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   2749:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1;
                   2750:        }
                   2751: 
                   2752:       /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an
                   2753:         indexed address, for machines that support that.  */
                   2754: 
1.1.1.2   root     2755:       if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM
1.1.1.6   root     2756:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
1.1       root     2757:        {
1.1.1.2   root     2758:          op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM);
                   2759: 
                   2760:          /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c.  */
                   2761:          if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
                   2762:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2763:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   2764:                            gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
                   2765:                                     gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2766:                                              TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))),
                   2767:                            gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2768:                                     (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   2769:                                      * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))));
                   2770: 
1.1       root     2771:          if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
1.1.1.2   root     2772:            op0 = force_operand (op0, 0);
                   2773:          if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   2774:            op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0);
                   2775: 
1.1.1.6   root     2776:          return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, op0,
1.1       root     2777:                          gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   2778:                                   TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
                   2779:        }
                   2780:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2781:       /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended
                   2782:         from a narrower type.  If this machine supports multiplying
                   2783:         in that narrower type with a result in the desired type,
                   2784:         do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion.  */
                   2785:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
                   2786:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == INTEGER_TYPE
                   2787:          && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
                   2788:              < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))
                   2789:          && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
                   2790:               && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
1.1.1.2   root     2791:                                   TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
                   2792:               /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do.  */
                   2793:               && exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)
1.1       root     2794:              ||
                   2795:              (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR
                   2796:               && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
                   2797:                   ==
1.1.1.2   root     2798:                   TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))
                   2799:               /* If both operands are extended, they must either both
                   2800:                  be zero-extended or both be sign-extended.  */
                   2801:               && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)))
                   2802:                   ==
                   2803:                   TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))))))
1.1       root     2804:        {
                   2805:          enum machine_mode innermode
                   2806:            = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)));
1.1.1.2   root     2807:          this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))
1.1       root     2808:                        ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab);
1.1.1.17  root     2809:          if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)
1.1.1.2   root     2810:              && this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1.1       root     2811:            {
                   2812:              op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0),
                   2813:                                 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2814:              if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
                   2815:                op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2816:              else
                   2817:                op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0),
                   2818:                                   0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2819:              goto binop2;
                   2820:            }
                   2821:        }
                   2822:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2823:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2824:       return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2825: 
                   2826:     case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
                   2827:     case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
                   2828:     case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
                   2829:     case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
1.1.1.17  root     2830:     case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
1.1       root     2831:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2832:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1.1.2   root     2833:       /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM
1.1       root     2834:         then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case
                   2835:         where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it.  */
                   2836:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2837:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2838:       return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     2839:                            TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2840: 
                   2841:     case RDIV_EXPR:
                   2842:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2843:       this_optab = flodiv_optab;
                   2844:       goto binop;
                   2845: 
                   2846:     case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
                   2847:     case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
                   2848:     case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
                   2849:     case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
                   2850:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   2851:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   2852:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2853:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2854:       return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     2855:                            TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     2856: #if 0
                   2857: #ifdef HAVE_divmoddisi4
                   2858:       if (GET_MODE (op0) != DImode)
                   2859:        {
                   2860:          temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
                   2861:          convert_move (temp, op0, 0);
                   2862:          op0 = temp;
                   2863:          if (GET_MODE (op1) != SImode && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)
                   2864:            {
                   2865:              temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2866:              convert_move (temp, op1, 0);
                   2867:              op1 = temp;
                   2868:            }
                   2869:          temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2870:          if (target == 0)
                   2871:            target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2872:          emit_insn (gen_divmoddisi4 (temp, protect_from_queue (op0, 0),
                   2873:                                      protect_from_queue (op1, 0),
                   2874:                                      protect_from_queue (target, 1)));
                   2875:          return target;
                   2876:        }
                   2877: #endif
                   2878: #endif
                   2879: 
                   2880:     case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
                   2881:     case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
                   2882:     case FIX_CEIL_EXPR:
                   2883:       abort ();                        /* Not used for C.  */
                   2884: 
                   2885:     case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
                   2886:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2887:       if (target == 0)
                   2888:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.2   root     2889:       {
                   2890:        int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   2891:        if (mode == HImode || mode == QImode)
                   2892:          {
                   2893:            register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
1.1.1.6   root     2894:            expand_fix (temp, op0, 0);
                   2895:            convert_move (target, temp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     2896:          }
                   2897:        else
                   2898:          expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2899:       }
1.1       root     2900:       return target;
                   2901: 
                   2902:     case FLOAT_EXPR:
                   2903:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2904:       if (target == 0)
                   2905:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.18  root     2906:       if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode)
                   2907:        /* Avoid problem in convert_move due to unknown mode of OP0.  */
                   2908:        op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))),
                   2909:                                op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2910:       {
                   2911:        int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
                   2912:        if (GET_MODE (op0) == HImode
                   2913:            || GET_MODE (op0) == QImode)
                   2914:          {
                   2915:            register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
                   2916:            convert_move (temp, op0, unsignedp);
                   2917:            expand_float (target, temp, 0);
                   2918:          }
                   2919:        else
                   2920:          expand_float (target, op0, unsignedp);
                   2921:       }
1.1       root     2922:       return target;
                   2923: 
                   2924:     case NEGATE_EXPR:
                   2925:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2926:       temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0);
                   2927:       if (temp == 0)
                   2928:        abort ();
                   2929:       return temp;
                   2930: 
                   2931:     case ABS_EXPR:
                   2932:       /* First try to do it with a special abs instruction.
                   2933:         If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate.  */
1.1.1.2   root     2934:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     2935:       temp = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0);
                   2936:       if (temp != 0)
                   2937:        return temp;
                   2938:       temp = gen_label_rtx ();
                   2939:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG)
1.1.1.2   root     2940:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1       root     2941:       emit_move_insn (target, op0);
1.1.1.2   root     2942:       emit_cmp_insn (target,
                   2943:                     expand_expr (convert (TREE_TYPE (exp), integer_zero_node),
                   2944:                                  0, VOIDmode, 0),
1.1.1.14  root     2945:                     0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.6   root     2946:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     2947:       emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (temp));
                   2948:       op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, target, target, 0);
                   2949:       if (op0 != target)
                   2950:        emit_move_insn (target, op0);
                   2951:       emit_label (temp);
1.1.1.6   root     2952:       OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     2953:       return target;
                   2954: 
                   2955:     case MAX_EXPR:
                   2956:     case MIN_EXPR:
1.1.1.8   root     2957:       mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
1.1       root     2958:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2959:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG || target == op1)
1.1.1.2   root     2960:        target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1       root     2961:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2962:       if (target != op0)
                   2963:        emit_move_insn (target, op0);
                   2964:       op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   2965:       if (code == MAX_EXPR)
1.1.1.2   root     2966:        temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
                   2967:                ? compare1 (target, op1, GEU, LEU, 1, mode)
                   2968:                : compare1 (target, op1, GE, LE, 0, mode));
                   2969:       else
                   2970:        temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))
                   2971:                ? compare1 (target, op1, LEU, GEU, 1, mode)
                   2972:                : compare1 (target, op1, LE, GE, 0, mode));
                   2973:       if (temp == const0_rtx)
                   2974:        emit_move_insn (target, op1);
                   2975:       else if (temp != const1_rtx)
                   2976:        {
1.1.1.13  root     2977:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0)
                   2978:            emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0));
                   2979:          else
                   2980:            abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     2981:          emit_move_insn (target, op1);
                   2982:        }
                   2983:       emit_label (op0);
1.1       root     2984:       return target;
                   2985: 
                   2986: /* ??? Can optimize when the operand of this is a bitwise operation,
                   2987:    by using a different bitwise operation.  */
                   2988:     case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
                   2989:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2990:       temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1);
                   2991:       if (temp == 0)
                   2992:        abort ();
                   2993:       return temp;
                   2994: 
1.1.1.2   root     2995:     case FFS_EXPR:
                   2996:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   2997:       temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
                   2998:       if (temp == 0)
                   2999:        abort ();
                   3000:       return temp;
                   3001: 
1.1       root     3002: /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant.
                   3003:    Pastel optimizes (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b)
                   3004:    and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc)
                   3005:    but that is probably not worth while.  */
                   3006: 
1.1.1.2   root     3007: /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding.
1.1       root     3008:    TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two boolean values
                   3009:    when we want in all cases to compute both of them.
                   3010:    In general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by
                   3011:    computing both operands as actual zero-or-1 values
                   3012:    and then bitwise anding.  In cases where there cannot
                   3013:    be any side effects, better code would be made by
                   3014:    treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR;
                   3015:    but the question is how to recognize those cases.  */
                   3016: 
                   3017:     case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
                   3018:     case BIT_AND_EXPR:
                   3019:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3020:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3021:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3022:       op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3023:       return expand_bit_and (mode, op0, op1, target);
                   3024: 
                   3025: /* See comment above about TRUTH_AND_EXPR; it applies here too.  */
                   3026:     case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
                   3027:     case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
                   3028:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3029:       this_optab = ior_optab;
                   3030:       goto binop;
                   3031: 
                   3032:     case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
                   3033:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3034:       this_optab = xor_optab;
                   3035:       goto binop;
                   3036: 
                   3037:     case LSHIFT_EXPR:
                   3038:     case RSHIFT_EXPR:
                   3039:     case LROTATE_EXPR:
                   3040:     case RROTATE_EXPR:
                   3041:       preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3042:       subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3043:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3044:       return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target,
1.1.1.2   root     3045:                           TREE_UNSIGNED (type));
1.1       root     3046: 
                   3047: /* ??? cv's were used to effect here to combine additive constants
                   3048:    and to determine the answer when only additive constants differ.
                   3049:    Also, the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition.  */
                   3050:     case LT_EXPR:
                   3051:     case LE_EXPR:
                   3052:     case GT_EXPR:
                   3053:     case GE_EXPR:
                   3054:     case EQ_EXPR:
                   3055:     case NE_EXPR:
                   3056:       preexpand_calls (exp);
1.1.1.2   root     3057:       temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, mode);
1.1       root     3058:       if (temp != 0)
                   3059:        return temp;
1.1.1.2   root     3060:       /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */
                   3061:       if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))
                   3062:          && subtarget
                   3063:          && (GET_MODE (subtarget)
                   3064:              == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))
1.1       root     3065:        {
                   3066:          temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3067:          if (temp != subtarget)
                   3068:            temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
                   3069:          op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
1.1.1.14  root     3070:          emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, 0, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), 0);
1.1       root     3071:          emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1));
                   3072:          emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx);
                   3073:          emit_label (op1);
                   3074:          return temp;
                   3075:        }
                   3076:       /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional
                   3077:         store into a temporary variable.  Drop through
                   3078:         and handle this like && and ||.  */
                   3079: 
                   3080:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   3081:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   3082:       temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   3083:       emit_clr_insn (temp);
                   3084:       op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3085:       jumpifnot (exp, op1);
                   3086:       emit_0_to_1_insn (temp);
                   3087:       emit_label (op1);
                   3088:       return temp;
                   3089: 
                   3090:     case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
                   3091:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3092:       /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
                   3093:         only with operands that are always zero or one.  */
                   3094:       temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0,
                   3095:                           gen_rtx (CONST_INT, mode, 1),
                   3096:                           target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3097:       if (temp == 0)
                   3098:        abort ();
                   3099:       return temp;
                   3100: 
                   3101:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3102:       expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3103:       emit_queue ();
                   3104:       return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3105: 
                   3106:     case COND_EXPR:
                   3107:       /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union
                   3108:         are required to be constructed to contain assignments of
                   3109:         a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here
                   3110:         for side effect only.  If type is void, we must do likewise.  */
                   3111:       op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3112:       op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3113: 
1.1.1.2   root     3114:       if (mode == VOIDmode || ignore)
1.1       root     3115:        temp = 0;
                   3116:       else if (target)
                   3117:        temp = target;
1.1.1.2   root     3118:       else if (mode == BLKmode)
                   3119:        {
                   3120:          if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0 || ! TREE_LITERAL (TYPE_SIZE (type)))
                   3121:            abort ();
                   3122:          temp = assign_stack_local (BLKmode,
                   3123:                                     (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))
                   3124:                                      * TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)
                   3125:                                      + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   3126:                                     / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   3127:        }
1.1       root     3128:       else
                   3129:        temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   3130: 
                   3131:       jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0);
1.1.1.6   root     3132:       NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     3133:       if (temp != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3134:        store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0);
1.1       root     3135:       else
1.1.1.2   root     3136:        expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), ignore ? const0_rtx : 0,
                   3137:                     VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3138:       emit_queue ();
                   3139:       emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1));
                   3140:       emit_barrier ();
                   3141:       emit_label (op0);
                   3142:       if (temp != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3143:        store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0);
1.1       root     3144:       else
1.1.1.2   root     3145:        expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), ignore ? const0_rtx : 0,
                   3146:                     VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     3147:       emit_queue ();
                   3148:       emit_label (op1);
1.1.1.6   root     3149:       OK_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     3150:       return temp;
                   3151: 
                   3152:     case MODIFY_EXPR:
1.1.1.7   root     3153:       {
                   3154:        /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it.
                   3155:           That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call.
                   3156:           If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a
                   3157:           target if the rhs is just a call.  This avoids an extra temp and copy
                   3158:           and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code.
                   3159:           Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars.  */
                   3160: 
                   3161:        tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3162:        tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.13  root     3163:        tree noncopied_parts;
1.1.1.7   root     3164: 
                   3165:        if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL
                   3166:            && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL
                   3167:            && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL)
                   3168:          preexpand_calls (exp);
                   3169: 
1.1.1.13  root     3170:        noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (TREE_TYPE (lhs)));
                   3171:        temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0);
                   3172:        while (noncopied_parts != 0)
1.1.1.7   root     3173:          {
1.1.1.13  root     3174:            store_expr (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts),
                   3175:                        SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts)), 0);
                   3176:            noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts);
1.1.1.7   root     3177:          }
1.1.1.13  root     3178:        return temp;
                   3179:       }
1.1       root     3180: 
                   3181:     case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
                   3182:     case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3183:       return expand_increment (exp, 0);
1.1       root     3184: 
                   3185:     case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
                   3186:     case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3187:       return expand_increment (exp, 1);
1.1       root     3188: 
                   3189:     case ADDR_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3190:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode,
                   3191:                         EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS);
1.1       root     3192:       if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM)
                   3193:        abort ();
1.1.1.2   root     3194:       if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM)
1.1       root     3195:        return XEXP (op0, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3196:       op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target);
                   3197:       if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   3198:        return force_reg (Pmode, op0);
                   3199:       return op0;
1.1       root     3200: 
                   3201:     case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR:
                   3202:       abort ();
                   3203: 
                   3204:     case ERROR_MARK:
1.1.1.2   root     3205:       return const0_rtx;
1.1       root     3206: 
                   3207:     default:
                   3208:       abort ();
                   3209:     }
                   3210: 
                   3211:   /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction
                   3212:      from the optab already placed in `this_optab'.  */
                   3213:  binop:
                   3214:   /* Detect things like x = y | (a == b)
                   3215:      and do them as (x = y), (a == b ? x |= 1 : 0), x.  */
                   3216:   /* First, get the comparison or conditional into the second arg.  */
                   3217:   if (comparison_code[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))]
                   3218:       || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COND_EXPR
                   3219:          && (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1))
                   3220:              || integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 2)))))
                   3221:     {
                   3222:       if (this_optab == ior_optab || this_optab == add_optab
                   3223:          || this_optab == xor_optab)
                   3224:        {
                   3225:          tree exch = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   3226:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3227:          TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = exch;
                   3228:        }
                   3229:     }
1.1.1.3   root     3230:   /* Optimize X + (Y ? Z : 0) by computing X and maybe adding Z.  */
1.1       root     3231:   if (comparison_code[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))]
                   3232:       || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == COND_EXPR
                   3233:          && (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1))
                   3234:              || integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2)))))
                   3235:     {
                   3236:       if (this_optab == ior_optab || this_optab == add_optab
                   3237:          || this_optab == xor_optab || this_optab == sub_optab
                   3238:          || this_optab == lshl_optab || this_optab == ashl_optab
                   3239:          || this_optab == lshr_optab || this_optab == ashr_optab
                   3240:          || this_optab == rotl_optab || this_optab == rotr_optab)
                   3241:        {
1.1.1.2   root     3242:          tree thenexp;
1.1       root     3243:          rtx thenv = 0;
                   3244: 
1.1.1.8   root     3245:          /* TARGET gets a reg in which we can perform the computation.
                   3246:             Use the specified target if it's a pseudo reg and safe.  */
                   3247:          target = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
1.1       root     3248:          if (target == 0) target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1.1.1.3   root     3249: 
                   3250:          /* Compute X into the target.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3251:          store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, 0);
1.1       root     3252:          op0 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   3253: 
1.1.1.3   root     3254:          /* If other operand is a comparison COMP, treat it as COMP ? 1 : 0 */
1.1       root     3255:          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != COND_EXPR)
                   3256:            {
                   3257:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), op0, 0);
                   3258:              thenv = const1_rtx;
                   3259:            }
                   3260:          else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2)))
                   3261:            {
                   3262:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), op0, 0);
                   3263:              thenexp = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1);
                   3264:            }
                   3265:          else
                   3266:            {
                   3267:              do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0, op0);
                   3268:              thenexp = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 2);
                   3269:            }
                   3270: 
                   3271:          if (thenv == 0)
                   3272:            thenv = expand_expr (thenexp, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3273: 
1.1.1.3   root     3274:          /* THENV is now Z, the value to operate on, as an rtx.
                   3275:             We have already tested that Y isn't zero, so do the operation.  */
                   3276: 
1.1       root     3277:          if (this_optab == rotl_optab || this_optab == rotr_optab)
                   3278:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3279:                                 -1, OPTAB_LIB);
                   3280:          else if (this_optab == lshl_optab || this_optab == lshr_optab)
                   3281:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3282:                                 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3283:          else
                   3284:            temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, target, thenv, target,
                   3285:                                 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   3286:          if (target != temp)
                   3287:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   3288: 
1.1.1.17  root     3289:          emit_queue ();
1.1.1.6   root     3290:          do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1       root     3291:          emit_label (op0);
                   3292:          return target;
                   3293:        }
                   3294:     }
                   3295:   subtarget = validate_subtarget (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3296:   op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3297:   op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3298:  binop2:
                   3299:   temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target,
1.1.1.2   root     3300:                       TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
1.1       root     3301:   if (temp == 0)
                   3302:     abort ();
                   3303:   return temp;
                   3304: }
                   3305: 
1.1.1.2   root     3306: /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
                   3307:    with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
                   3308:    (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
1.1.1.17  root     3309:    SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
                   3310:    IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3311: 
                   3312: static rtx
1.1.1.17  root     3313: expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore)
1.1.1.2   root     3314:      tree exp;
                   3315:      rtx target;
                   3316:      rtx subtarget;
                   3317:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1.1.17  root     3318:      int ignore;
1.1.1.2   root     3319: {
                   3320:   tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
                   3321:   tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
                   3322:   rtx op0;
                   3323: 
                   3324:   switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
                   3325:     {
                   3326:     case BUILT_IN_ABS:
                   3327:     case BUILT_IN_LABS:
                   3328:     case BUILT_IN_FABS:
                   3329:       /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR.  */
                   3330:       abort ();
                   3331: 
1.1.1.14  root     3332:     case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS:
1.1.1.19! root     3333:       if (saveregs_value != 0)
        !          3334:        return saveregs_value;
1.1.1.14  root     3335:       {
                   3336:        /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be
                   3337:           saved on entry to this function.  So we migrate the
                   3338:           call to the first insn of this function.  */
                   3339:        rtx last = get_last_insn ();
                   3340:        /* Now really call the function.  `expand_call' does not call
                   3341:           expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here.  */
1.1.1.17  root     3342:        rtx temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore);
                   3343:        reorder_insns (NEXT_INSN (last), get_last_insn (), get_insns ());
1.1.1.19! root     3344:        saveregs_value = temp;
1.1.1.17  root     3345:        return temp;
1.1.1.14  root     3346:       }
1.1.1.17  root     3347: 
1.1.1.19! root     3348:     case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG:
        !          3349:       {
        !          3350:        tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
        !          3351:        if (!(TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0
        !          3352:              && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)))
        !          3353:                  != void_type_node)))
        !          3354:          {
        !          3355:            error ("`stdarg.h' facilities used, but function has fixed args");
        !          3356:            return const0_rtx;
        !          3357:          }
        !          3358:       }
        !          3359: 
        !          3360:       return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
        !          3361:                           arg_pointer_rtx, current_function_arg_offset_rtx,
        !          3362:                           0, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
        !          3363: 
1.1.1.17  root     3364:     case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE:
                   3365:       if (arglist != 0)
                   3366:        {
                   3367:          tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist));
                   3368:          enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
                   3369:          if (code == VOID_TYPE)
                   3370:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, void_type_class);
                   3371:          if (code == INTEGER_TYPE)
                   3372:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, integer_type_class);
                   3373:          if (code == CHAR_TYPE)
                   3374:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, char_type_class);
                   3375:          if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
                   3376:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, enumeral_type_class);
                   3377:          if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
                   3378:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, boolean_type_class);
                   3379:          if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
                   3380:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, pointer_type_class);
                   3381:          if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
                   3382:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, reference_type_class);
                   3383:          if (code == OFFSET_TYPE)
                   3384:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, offset_type_class);
                   3385:          if (code == REAL_TYPE)
                   3386:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, real_type_class);
                   3387:          if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE)
                   3388:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, complex_type_class);
                   3389:          if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE)
                   3390:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, function_type_class);
                   3391:          if (code == METHOD_TYPE)
                   3392:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, method_type_class);
                   3393:          if (code == RECORD_TYPE)
                   3394:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, record_type_class);
                   3395:          if (code == UNION_TYPE)
                   3396:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, union_type_class);
                   3397:          if (code == ARRAY_TYPE)
                   3398:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, array_type_class);
                   3399:          if (code == STRING_TYPE)
                   3400:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, string_type_class);
                   3401:          if (code == SET_TYPE)
                   3402:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, set_type_class);
                   3403:          if (code == FILE_TYPE)
                   3404:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, file_type_class);
                   3405:          if (code == LANG_TYPE)
                   3406:            return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, lang_type_class);
                   3407:        }
                   3408:       return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, no_type_class);
                   3409: 
1.1.1.2   root     3410:     case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA:
1.1.1.10  root     3411:       if (arglist == 0
                   3412:          /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong.  */
                   3413:          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
1.1.1.2   root     3414:        return const0_rtx;
                   3415:       frame_pointer_needed = 1;
1.1.1.17  root     3416:       current_function_calls_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     3417:       /* Compute the argument.  */
                   3418:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3419:       if (! CONSTANT_P (op0))
                   3420:        {
                   3421:          op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
                   3422:          if (GET_MODE (op0) != Pmode)
1.1.1.12  root     3423:            op0 = convert_to_mode (Pmode, op0, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     3424:        }
                   3425:       /* Push that much space (rounding it up).  */
1.1.1.3   root     3426:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1.1.8   root     3427: 
                   3428: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
1.1.1.9   root     3429:       /* If we will have to round the result down (which is up
                   3430:         if stack grows down), make sure we have extra space so the
                   3431:         user still gets at least as much space as he asked for.  */
1.1.1.8   root     3432:       if ((STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES
                   3433:          != STACK_POINTER_OFFSET / STACK_BYTES)
                   3434:        op0 = plus_constant (op0, STACK_BYTES);
                   3435: #endif
                   3436: 
1.1.1.4   root     3437: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1.1.1.2   root     3438:       anti_adjust_stack (round_push (op0));
1.1.1.4   root     3439: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     3440:       /* Return a copy of current stack ptr, in TARGET if possible.  */
                   3441:       if (target)
                   3442:        emit_move_insn (target, stack_pointer_rtx);
                   3443:       else
                   3444:        target = copy_to_reg (stack_pointer_rtx);
1.1.1.4   root     3445: #ifdef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
                   3446:       /* If the contents of the stack pointer reg are offset from the
                   3447:         actual top-of-stack address, add the offset here.  */
1.1.1.6   root     3448:       if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
1.1.1.8   root     3449:        emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (target,
                   3450:                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   3451:                                           (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES)));
1.1.1.6   root     3452:       else
                   3453:        {
                   3454:          rtx temp =
                   3455:            expand_binop (GET_MODE (target), add_optab, target,
1.1.1.8   root     3456:                          gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   3457:                                   (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES),
1.1.1.6   root     3458:                          target,
                   3459:                          1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
                   3460:          if (temp == 0) abort ();
                   3461:          if (temp != target)
                   3462:            emit_move_insn (target, temp);
                   3463:        }
1.1.1.4   root     3464: #endif
                   3465: #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   3466:       anti_adjust_stack (round_push (op0));
                   3467: #endif
1.1.1.17  root     3468:       /* Some systems require a particular insn to refer to the stack
                   3469:         to make the pages exist.  */
                   3470: #ifdef HAVE_probe
                   3471:       if (HAVE_probe)
                   3472:        emit_insn (gen_probe ());
                   3473: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     3474:       return target;
                   3475: 
                   3476:     case BUILT_IN_FFS:
1.1.1.10  root     3477:       if (arglist == 0
                   3478:          /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong.  */
                   3479:          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE)
1.1.1.2   root     3480:        return const0_rtx;
                   3481: 
                   3482:       /* Compute the argument.  */
                   3483:       op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3484:       /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible.
                   3485:         Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back.  */
1.1.1.19! root     3486:       target = expand_unop (GET_MODE (op0), ffs_optab, op0, target, 1);
1.1.1.2   root     3487:       if (target == 0)
                   3488:        abort ();
                   3489:       return target;
                   3490: 
                   3491:     default:
                   3492:       abort ();
                   3493:     }
                   3494: }
                   3495: 
                   3496: /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement
                   3497:    and return the RTX for the result.
                   3498:    POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements.  */
                   3499: 
                   3500: static rtx
                   3501: expand_increment (exp, post)
                   3502:      register tree exp;
                   3503:      int post;
                   3504: {
                   3505:   register rtx op0, op1;
                   3506:   register rtx temp;
                   3507:   register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
                   3508:   optab this_optab = add_optab;
                   3509:   int icode;
                   3510:   enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
                   3511:   int op0_is_copy = 0;
                   3512: 
                   3513:   /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be
                   3514:      evaluated more than once below.  */
                   3515:   if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF
                   3516:       && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF
1.1.1.17  root     3517:          || DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1)) == BImode))
1.1.1.2   root     3518:     incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented);
                   3519: 
                   3520:   /* Compute the operands as RTX.
                   3521:      Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it:
                   3522:      I believe it is a copy iff it is a register and insns were
                   3523:      generated in computing it.  */
                   3524:   temp = get_last_insn ();
                   3525:   op0 = expand_expr (incremented, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3526:   if (temp != get_last_insn ())
                   3527:     op0_is_copy = (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG);
                   3528:   op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   3529: 
                   3530:   /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing.  */
                   3531:   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
                   3532:       || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR)
                   3533:     this_optab = sub_optab;
                   3534: 
                   3535:   /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register,
                   3536:      then we cannot just increment OP0.  We must
                   3537:      therefore contrive to increment the original value.
                   3538:      Then we can return OP0 since it is a copy of the old value.  */
                   3539:   if (op0_is_copy)
                   3540:     {
                   3541:       /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is.
                   3542:         Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED
                   3543:         are prevented because either (1) it is a component_ref,
                   3544:         in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref
                   3545:         with constant index in an array in a register, which is
                   3546:         safe to reevaluate.  */
                   3547:       tree newexp = build ((this_optab == add_optab
                   3548:                            ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR),
                   3549:                           TREE_TYPE (exp),
                   3550:                           incremented,
                   3551:                           TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
                   3552:       temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post, 0);
                   3553:       return post ? op0 : temp;
                   3554:     }
                   3555: 
                   3556:   /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment.  */
                   3557:   if (this_optab == sub_optab
                   3558:       && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   3559:     {
                   3560:       op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, - INTVAL (op1));
                   3561:       this_optab = add_optab;
                   3562:     }
                   3563: 
                   3564:   if (post)
                   3565:     {
                   3566:       /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0.
                   3567:         If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it.  */
                   3568: 
                   3569:       /* I'm not sure this is still necessary.  */
                   3570:       op0 = stabilize (op0);
                   3571: 
                   3572:       icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
                   3573:       if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing
                   3574:          /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1
                   3575:             of the insn we want to queue.  */
                   3576:          && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode)
                   3577:          && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode))
                   3578:        {
                   3579:          if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode))
                   3580:            op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
                   3581: 
                   3582:          return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1));
                   3583:        }
                   3584:     }
                   3585: 
                   3586:   /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn.  */
                   3587:   if (post)
                   3588:     /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later.  */
                   3589:     temp = copy_to_reg (op0);
                   3590:   else
                   3591:     /* Arrange to return the incremented value.  */
1.1.1.18  root     3592:     /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue,
                   3593:        and the results of that would be invalid for us to return
                   3594:        if our caller does emit_queue before using our result.  */
                   3595:     temp = copy_rtx (op0);
1.1.1.2   root     3596: 
                   3597:   /* Increment however we can.  */
                   3598:   op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, op0,
1.1.1.17  root     3599:                      TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
1.1.1.2   root     3600:   /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0.  */
                   3601:   if (op1 != op0)
                   3602:     emit_move_insn (op0, op1);
                   3603: 
                   3604:   return temp;
                   3605: }
                   3606: 
1.1       root     3607: /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first.
                   3608:    But don't look within expressions that have sequence points.
                   3609:    For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value
1.1.1.2   root     3610:    in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field.
                   3611: 
                   3612:    Calls that return large structures for which a structure return
                   3613:    stack slot is needed are not preexpanded.  Preexpanding them loses
                   3614:    because if more than one were preexpanded they would try to use the
                   3615:    same stack slot.  */
1.1       root     3616: 
                   3617: static void
                   3618: preexpand_calls (exp)
                   3619:      tree exp;
                   3620: {
                   3621:   register int nops, i;
                   3622: 
                   3623:   if (! do_preexpand_calls)
                   3624:     return;
                   3625: 
1.1.1.2   root     3626:   /* Only expressions and references can contain calls.  */
                   3627: 
                   3628:   if (tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)][0] != 'e'
                   3629:       && tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)][0] != 'r')
                   3630:     return;
                   3631: 
1.1       root     3632:   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
                   3633:     {
                   3634:     case CALL_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     3635:       /* Do nothing to built-in functions.  */
                   3636:       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
                   3637:          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL
1.1.1.5   root     3638:          && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))
                   3639:              != NOT_BUILT_IN))
1.1.1.2   root     3640:        return;
1.1.1.16  root     3641:       /* Precompute calls that don't return values in memory.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3642:       if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0
1.1.1.16  root     3643:          && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != BLKmode
                   3644:          && ! RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
1.1.1.2   root     3645:        CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, 0, 0);
1.1       root     3646:       return;
                   3647: 
                   3648:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
                   3649:     case COND_EXPR:
                   3650:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   3651:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   3652:       /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure
                   3653:         the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps).
                   3654:         Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument
                   3655:         of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment
                   3656:         after some other args have already been pushed.  */
                   3657:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   3658:       return;
                   3659: 
1.1.1.2   root     3660:     case RTL_EXPR:
                   3661:       return;
                   3662: 
1.1       root     3663:     case SAVE_EXPR:
                   3664:       if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0)
                   3665:        return;
                   3666:     }
                   3667: 
                   3668:   nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)];
                   3669:   for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
                   3670:     if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0)
                   3671:       {
                   3672:        register int type = *tree_code_type[(int) TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))];
                   3673:        if (type == 'e' || type == 'r')
                   3674:          preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i));
                   3675:       }
                   3676: }
                   3677: 
1.1.1.2   root     3678: /* Force FUNEXP into a form suitable for the address of a CALL,
                   3679:    and return that as an rtx.  Also load the static chain register
                   3680:    from either FUNEXP or CONTEXT.  */
1.1       root     3681: 
1.1.1.2   root     3682: static rtx
                   3683: prepare_call_address (funexp, context)
1.1       root     3684:      rtx funexp;
                   3685:      rtx context;
                   3686: {
                   3687:   funexp = protect_from_queue (funexp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3688:   if (context != 0)
1.1       root     3689:     context = protect_from_queue (context, 0);
                   3690: 
                   3691:   /* Function variable in language with nested functions.  */
                   3692:   if (GET_MODE (funexp) == EPmode)
                   3693:     {
1.1.1.2   root     3694:       emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, gen_highpart (Pmode, funexp));
                   3695:       funexp = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, gen_lowpart (Pmode, funexp));
                   3696:       emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx));
1.1       root     3697:     }
                   3698:   else
                   3699:     {
                   3700:       if (context != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3701:        /* Unless function variable in C, or top level function constant */
                   3702:        emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, lookup_static_chain (context));
                   3703: 
                   3704:       /* Make a valid memory address and copy constants thru pseudo-regs,
                   3705:         but not for a constant address if -fno-function-cse.  */
                   3706:       if (GET_CODE (funexp) != SYMBOL_REF)
                   3707:        funexp = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp);
                   3708:       else
1.1       root     3709:        {
1.1.1.2   root     3710: #ifndef NO_FUNCTION_CSE
1.1.1.6   root     3711:          if (optimize && ! flag_no_function_cse)
                   3712:            funexp = force_reg (Pmode, funexp);
1.1.1.2   root     3713: #endif
                   3714:        }
                   3715: 
                   3716:       if (context != 0)
                   3717:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx));
1.1       root     3718:     }
1.1.1.2   root     3719:   return funexp;
                   3720: }
                   3721: 
                   3722: /* Generate instructions to call function FUNEXP,
                   3723:    and optionally pop the results.
                   3724:    The CALL_INSN is the first insn generated.
                   3725: 
                   3726:    FUNTYPE is the data type of the function, or, for a library call,
                   3727:    the identifier for the name of the call.  This is given to the
                   3728:    macro RETURN_POPS_ARGS to determine whether this function pops its own args.
                   3729: 
1.1.1.6   root     3730:    STACK_SIZE is the number of bytes of arguments on the stack,
1.1.1.2   root     3731:    rounded up to STACK_BOUNDARY; zero if the size is variable.
                   3732:    This is both to put into the call insn and
                   3733:    to generate explicit popping code if necessary.
                   3734: 
                   3735:    NEXT_ARG_REG is the rtx that results from executing
                   3736:      FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1)
                   3737:    just after all the args have had their registers assigned.
                   3738:    This could be whatever you like, but normally it is the first
                   3739:    arg-register beyond those used for args in this call,
                   3740:    or 0 if all the arg-registers are used in this call.
                   3741:    It is passed on to `gen_call' so you can put this info in the call insn.
                   3742: 
                   3743:    VALREG is a hard register in which a value is returned,
                   3744:    or 0 if the call does not return a value.
                   3745: 
1.1.1.17  root     3746:    OLD_INHIBIT_DEFER_POP is the value that `inhibit_defer_pop' had before
1.1.1.2   root     3747:    the args to this call were processed.
1.1.1.18  root     3748:    We restore `inhibit_defer_pop' to that value.
                   3749: 
                   3750:    USE_INSNS is a SEQUENCE of USE insns to be emitted immediately before
                   3751:    the actual CALL insn.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3752: 
                   3753: static void
1.1.1.18  root     3754: emit_call_1 (funexp, funtype, stack_size, next_arg_reg, valreg, old_inhibit_defer_pop, use_insns)
1.1.1.2   root     3755:      rtx funexp;
                   3756:      tree funtype;
                   3757:      int stack_size;
                   3758:      rtx next_arg_reg;
                   3759:      rtx valreg;
1.1.1.17  root     3760:      int old_inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.18  root     3761:      rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     3762: {
                   3763:   rtx stack_size_rtx = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_size);
1.1.1.18  root     3764:   rtx call_insn;
1.1.1.2   root     3765: 
                   3766:   if (valreg)
                   3767:     emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg,
                   3768:                                    gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, funexp),
                   3769:                                    stack_size_rtx, next_arg_reg));
                   3770:   else
                   3771:     emit_call_insn (gen_call (gen_rtx (MEM, FUNCTION_MODE, funexp),
                   3772:                              stack_size_rtx, next_arg_reg));
                   3773: 
1.1.1.18  root     3774:   /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted and write the USE insns before it.  */
                   3775:   for (call_insn = get_last_insn();
                   3776:        call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN;
                   3777:        call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn))
                   3778:     ;
                   3779: 
                   3780:   if (! call_insn)
                   3781:     abort ();
                   3782: 
                   3783:   /* Put the USE insns before the CALL.  */
                   3784:   emit_insn_before (use_insns, call_insn);
                   3785: 
1.1.1.17  root     3786:   inhibit_defer_pop = old_inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.2   root     3787: 
1.1       root     3788:   /* If returning from the subroutine does not automatically pop the args,
                   3789:      we need an instruction to pop them sooner or later.
                   3790:      Perhaps do it now; perhaps just record how much space to pop later.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3791: 
1.1.1.19! root     3792:   if (! RETURN_POPS_ARGS (funtype)
1.1.1.2   root     3793:       && stack_size != 0)
1.1       root     3794:     {
1.1.1.17  root     3795:       if (flag_defer_pop && inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     3796:        pending_stack_adjust += stack_size;
1.1       root     3797:       else
1.1.1.3   root     3798:        adjust_stack (stack_size_rtx);
1.1       root     3799:     }
                   3800: }
                   3801: 
                   3802: /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed
                   3803:    arguments waiting to be popped.  */
                   3804: 
1.1.1.2   root     3805: void
                   3806: init_pending_stack_adjust ()
1.1       root     3807: {
                   3808:   pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3809: }
                   3810: 
1.1.1.2   root     3811: /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust
                   3812:    so the adjustment won't get done.  */
                   3813: 
                   3814: void
                   3815: clear_pending_stack_adjust ()
                   3816: {
                   3817: #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
1.1.1.4   root     3818:   if (!flag_omit_frame_pointer && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
1.1.1.10  root     3819:       && ! TREE_INLINE (current_function_decl)
                   3820:       && ! flag_inline_functions)
1.1.1.2   root     3821:     pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3822: #endif
                   3823: }
                   3824: 
1.1       root     3825: /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet.  */
                   3826: 
1.1.1.2   root     3827: void
1.1       root     3828: do_pending_stack_adjust ()
                   3829: {
1.1.1.17  root     3830:   if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1       root     3831:     {
                   3832:       if (pending_stack_adjust != 0)
                   3833:        adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, pending_stack_adjust));
                   3834:       pending_stack_adjust = 0;
                   3835:     }
                   3836: }
                   3837: 
1.1.1.17  root     3838: /* Data structure and subroutines used within expand_call.  */
1.1       root     3839: 
1.1.1.9   root     3840: struct arg_data
                   3841: {
                   3842:   /* Tree node for this argument.  */
                   3843:   tree tree_value;
                   3844:   /* Precomputed RTL value, or 0 if it isn't precomputed.  */
                   3845:   rtx value;
                   3846:   /* Register to pass this argument in, or 0 if passed on stack.  */
                   3847:   rtx reg;
                   3848:   /* Number of registers to use.  0 means put the whole arg in registers.
                   3849:      Also 0 if not passed in registers.  */
                   3850:   int partial;
                   3851:   /* Offset of this argument from beginning of stack-args.  */
                   3852:   struct args_size offset;
                   3853:   /* Size of this argument on the stack, rounded up for any padding it gets,
                   3854:      parts of the argument passed in registers do not count.
                   3855:      If the FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET is negative, then register parms
                   3856:      are counted here as well.  */
                   3857:   struct args_size size;
                   3858:   /* Nonzero if this arg has already been stored.  */
                   3859:   int stored;
                   3860:   /* const0_rtx means should preallocate stack space for this arg.
                   3861:      Other non0 value is the stack slot, preallocated.
                   3862:      Used only for BLKmode.  */
                   3863:   rtx stack;
                   3864: };
                   3865: 
1.1.1.17  root     3866: static void store_one_arg ();
                   3867: static rtx target_for_arg ();
                   3868: 
                   3869: /* Generate all the code for a function call
                   3870:    and return an rtx for its value.
                   3871:    Store the value in TARGET (specified as an rtx) if convenient.
                   3872:    If the value is stored in TARGET then TARGET is returned.
                   3873:    If IGNORE is nonzero, then we ignore the value of the function call.  */
                   3874: 
1.1       root     3875: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     3876: expand_call (exp, target, ignore)
1.1       root     3877:      tree exp;
                   3878:      rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     3879:      int ignore;
1.1       root     3880: {
1.1.1.8   root     3881:   /* List of actual parameters.  */
1.1       root     3882:   tree actparms = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1);
1.1.1.8   root     3883:   /* RTX for the function to be called.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3884:   rtx funexp;
1.1.1.8   root     3885:   /* Data type of the function.  */
                   3886:   tree funtype;
                   3887:   /* Declaration of the function being called,
                   3888:      or 0 if the function is computed (not known by name).  */
                   3889:   tree fndecl = 0;
                   3890: 
                   3891:   /* Register in which non-BLKmode value will be returned,
                   3892:      or 0 if no value or if value is BLKmode.  */
                   3893:   rtx valreg;
                   3894:   /* Address where we should return a BLKmode value;
                   3895:      0 if value not BLKmode.  */
                   3896:   rtx structure_value_addr = 0;
                   3897:   /* Nonzero if that address is being passed by treating it as
                   3898:      an extra, implicit first parameter.  Otherwise,
                   3899:      it is passed by being copied directly into struct_value_rtx.  */
                   3900:   int structure_value_addr_parm = 0;
1.1.1.19! root     3901:   /* Save get_structure_value_addr data to prevent multiple use.  */
        !          3902:   rtx saved_structure_value_addr;
        !          3903:   int saved_structure_value_size;
1.1.1.15  root     3904:   /* Nonzero if called function returns an aggregate in memory PCC style,
                   3905:      by returning the address of where to find it.  */
                   3906:   int pcc_struct_value = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3907: 
                   3908:   /* Number of actual parameters in this call, including struct value addr.  */
                   3909:   int num_actuals;
                   3910:   /* Number of named args.  Args after this are anonymous ones
                   3911:      and they must all go on the stack.  */
                   3912:   int n_named_args;
1.1.1.19! root     3913:   /* Count arg position in order args appear.  */
        !          3914:   int argpos;
1.1.1.8   root     3915: 
1.1.1.9   root     3916:   /* Vector of information about each argument.
                   3917:      Arguments are numbered in the order they will be pushed,
1.1.1.8   root     3918:      not the order they are written.  */
1.1.1.9   root     3919:   struct arg_data *args;
1.1.1.8   root     3920: 
                   3921:   /* Total size in bytes of all the stack-parms scanned so far.  */
                   3922:   struct args_size args_size;
1.1.1.9   root     3923:   /* Remember initial value of args_size.constant.  */
                   3924:   int starting_args_size;
                   3925:   /* Nonzero means count reg-parms' size in ARGS_SIZE.  */
                   3926:   int stack_count_regparms = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3927:   /* Data on reg parms scanned so far.  */
                   3928:   CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far;
                   3929:   /* Nonzero if a reg parm has been scanned.  */
1.1.1.9   root     3930:   int reg_parm_seen;
                   3931:   /* Nonzero if we must avoid push-insns in the args for this call.  */
                   3932:   int must_preallocate;
1.1.1.8   root     3933:   /* 1 if scanning parms front to back, -1 if scanning back to front.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3934:   int inc;
1.1.1.8   root     3935:   /* Address of space preallocated for stack parms
                   3936:      (on machines that lack push insns), or 0 if space not preallocated.  */
                   3937:   rtx argblock = 0;
1.1.1.19! root     3938:   /* Amount to align the stack by before or after we push any args.  */
        !          3939:   int stack_align = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3940: 
                   3941:   /* Nonzero if it is plausible that this is a call to alloca.  */
                   3942:   int may_be_alloca;
                   3943:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to setjmp or a related function.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3944:   int is_setjmp;
1.1.1.8   root     3945:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to an inline function.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3946:   int is_integrable = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3947:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to __builtin_new.  */
                   3948:   int is_builtin_new;
1.1.1.14  root     3949:   /* Nonzero if this is a call to a `const' function.  */
                   3950:   int is_const = 0;
1.1.1.8   root     3951: 
1.1.1.9   root     3952:   /* Nonzero if there are BLKmode args whose data types require them
                   3953:      to be passed in memory, not (even partially) in registers.  */
                   3954:   int BLKmode_parms_forced = 0;
                   3955:   /* The offset of the first BLKmode parameter which 
                   3956:      *must* be passed in memory.  */
                   3957:   int BLKmode_parms_first_offset = 0;
                   3958:   /* Total size of BLKmode parms which could usefully be preallocated.  */
                   3959:   int BLKmode_parms_sizes = 0;
                   3960: 
                   3961:   /* Amount stack was adjusted to protect BLKmode parameters
                   3962:      which are below the nominal "stack address" value.  */
                   3963:   rtx protected_stack = 0;
                   3964: 
1.1.1.14  root     3965:   /* The last insn before the things that are intrinsically part of the call.
                   3966:      The beginning reg-note goes on the insn after this one.  */
                   3967:   rtx insn_before;
                   3968: 
1.1.1.9   root     3969:   rtx old_stack_level = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     3970:   int old_pending_adj;
1.1.1.17  root     3971:   int old_inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop;
1.1.1.8   root     3972:   tree old_cleanups = cleanups_of_this_call;
1.1.1.18  root     3973:   rtx use_insns;
1.1.1.2   root     3974: 
1.1.1.8   root     3975:   register tree p;
                   3976:   register int i;
1.1.1.2   root     3977: 
                   3978:   /* See if we can find a DECL-node for the actual function.
                   3979:      As a result, decide whether this is a call to an integrable function.  */
                   3980: 
1.1.1.8   root     3981:   p = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     3982:   if (TREE_CODE (p) == ADDR_EXPR)
                   3983:     {
                   3984:       fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (p, 0);
                   3985:       if (TREE_CODE (fndecl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
                   3986:        fndecl = 0;
                   3987:       else
                   3988:        {
                   3989:          extern tree current_function_decl;
1.1       root     3990: 
1.1.1.2   root     3991:          if (fndecl != current_function_decl
                   3992:              && DECL_SAVED_INSNS (fndecl))
                   3993:            is_integrable = 1;
                   3994:          else
1.1.1.4   root     3995:            {
                   3996:              /* In case this function later becomes inlineable,
                   3997:                 record that there was already a non-inline call to it.  */
1.1.1.17  root     3998:              mark_addressable (fndecl);
1.1.1.4   root     3999:            }
1.1.1.14  root     4000: 
                   4001:          if (TREE_READONLY (fndecl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fndecl))
                   4002:            is_const = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4003:        }
                   4004:     }
1.1       root     4005: 
1.1.1.17  root     4006:   /* When calling a const function, we must pop the stack args right away,
                   4007:      so that the pop is deleted or moved with the call.  */
                   4008:   if (is_const)
                   4009:     NO_DEFER_POP;
                   4010: 
1.1.1.2   root     4011:   /* Set up a place to return a structure.  */
1.1       root     4012: 
1.1.1.17  root     4013:   /* Cater to broken compilers.  */
                   4014:   if (aggregate_value_p (exp))
1.1       root     4015:     {
                   4016:       /* This call returns a big structure.  */
1.1.1.15  root     4017: #ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
                   4018:       if (flag_pcc_struct_return)
1.1.1.9   root     4019:        {
1.1.1.15  root     4020:          pcc_struct_value = 1;
                   4021:          is_integrable = 0;  /* Easier than making that case work right.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4022:        }
1.1       root     4023:       else
1.1.1.15  root     4024: #endif
                   4025:        {
1.1.1.16  root     4026:          if (target && GET_CODE (target) == MEM)
1.1.1.15  root     4027:            {
                   4028:              structure_value_addr = XEXP (target, 0);
                   4029:              if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, structure_value_addr))
                   4030:                structure_value_addr = copy_to_reg (structure_value_addr);
                   4031:            }
                   4032:          else
1.1.1.17  root     4033:            {
1.1.1.19! root     4034:              push_structure_value (&saved_structure_value_addr,
        !          4035:                                    &saved_structure_value_size);
1.1.1.17  root     4036:              /* Make room on the stack to hold the value.  */
                   4037:              structure_value_addr
                   4038:                = get_structure_value_addr (expr_size (exp));
                   4039:              target = 0;
                   4040:            }
1.1.1.15  root     4041:        }
1.1       root     4042:     }
                   4043: 
1.1.1.15  root     4044:   /* If called function is inline, try to integrate it.  */
                   4045: 
1.1.1.2   root     4046:   if (is_integrable)
                   4047:     {
                   4048:       extern rtx expand_inline_function ();
                   4049:       rtx temp;
                   4050: 
                   4051:       temp = expand_inline_function (fndecl, actparms, target,
                   4052:                                     ignore, TREE_TYPE (exp),
                   4053:                                     structure_value_addr);
                   4054: 
1.1.1.8   root     4055:       /* If inlining succeeded, return.  */
                   4056:       if ((int) temp != -1)
1.1.1.2   root     4057:        return temp;
1.1.1.8   root     4058: 
                   4059:       /* If inlining failed, mark FNDECL as needing to be compiled
                   4060:         separately after all.  */
                   4061:       TREE_ADDRESSABLE (fndecl) = 1;
                   4062:       TREE_ADDRESSABLE (DECL_NAME (fndecl)) = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4063:     }
                   4064: 
                   4065: #if 0
                   4066:   /* Unless it's a call to a specific function that isn't alloca,
                   4067:      if it has one argument, we must assume it might be alloca.  */
                   4068: 
                   4069:   may_be_alloca =
                   4070:     (!(fndecl != 0
                   4071:        && strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)),
                   4072:                  "alloca"))
                   4073:      && actparms != 0
                   4074:      && TREE_CHAIN (actparms) == 0);
                   4075: #else
                   4076:   /* We assume that alloca will always be called by name.  It
                   4077:      makes no sense to pass it as a pointer-to-function to
                   4078:      anything that does not understand its behavior.  */
                   4079:   may_be_alloca =
1.1.1.9   root     4080:     (fndecl && (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "alloca")
                   4081:                || ! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)),
                   4082:                             "__builtin_alloca")));
1.1.1.2   root     4083: #endif
                   4084: 
                   4085:   /* See if this is a call to a function that can return more than once.  */
                   4086: 
                   4087:   is_setjmp
                   4088:     = (fndecl != 0
                   4089:        && (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "setjmp")
                   4090:           || !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "_setjmp")));
                   4091: 
1.1.1.8   root     4092:   is_builtin_new
                   4093:     = (fndecl != 0
                   4094:        && (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), "__builtin_new")));
                   4095: 
1.1.1.2   root     4096:   if (may_be_alloca)
                   4097:     {
                   4098:       frame_pointer_needed = 1;
                   4099:       may_call_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4100:       current_function_calls_alloca = 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4101:     }
                   4102: 
                   4103:   /* Don't let pending stack adjusts add up to too much.
                   4104:      Also, do all pending adjustments now
1.1.1.19! root     4105:      if there is any chance this might be a call to alloca
        !          4106:      or if it is const.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4107: 
1.1.1.19! root     4108:   if (pending_stack_adjust >= 32 || is_const
1.1.1.2   root     4109:       || (pending_stack_adjust > 0 && may_be_alloca))
                   4110:     do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4111: 
                   4112:   /* Operand 0 is a pointer-to-function; get the type of the function.  */
                   4113:   funtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
                   4114:   if (TREE_CODE (funtype) != POINTER_TYPE)
                   4115:     abort ();
                   4116:   funtype = TREE_TYPE (funtype);
                   4117: 
1.1.1.17  root     4118:   /* If struct_value_rtx is 0, it means pass the address
                   4119:      as if it were an extra parameter.  */
                   4120:   if (structure_value_addr && struct_value_rtx == 0)
1.1.1.8   root     4121:     {
                   4122:       rtx tem;
                   4123: 
                   4124:       INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, funtype);
                   4125:       tem = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, Pmode,
                   4126:                          build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (funtype)), 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4127:       if (tem == 0)
1.1.1.8   root     4128:        {
                   4129:          actparms = tree_cons (error_mark_node,
                   4130:                                build (SAVE_EXPR,
                   4131:                                       type_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (Pmode), 0),
                   4132:                                       0,
                   4133:                                       force_reg (Pmode, structure_value_addr)),
                   4134:                                actparms);
                   4135:          structure_value_addr_parm = 1;
                   4136:        }
                   4137:     }
1.1.1.6   root     4138: 
1.1.1.2   root     4139:   /* Count the arguments and set NUM_ACTUALS.  */
1.1       root     4140:   for (p = actparms, i = 0; p; p = TREE_CHAIN (p)) i++;
                   4141:   num_actuals = i;
1.1.1.2   root     4142: 
                   4143:   /* Compute number of named args.
1.1.1.17  root     4144:      Don't include the last named arg if anonymous args follow.
                   4145:      (If no anonymous args follow, the result of list_length
                   4146:      is actually one too large.)  */
1.1.1.2   root     4147:   if (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (funtype) != 0)
1.1.1.17  root     4148:     n_named_args = list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (funtype)) - 1;
1.1.1.2   root     4149:   else
                   4150:     /* If we know nothing, treat all args as named.  */
                   4151:     n_named_args = num_actuals;
                   4152: 
1.1.1.9   root     4153:   /* Make a vector to hold all the information about each arg.  */
                   4154:   args = (struct arg_data *) alloca (num_actuals * sizeof (struct arg_data));
                   4155:   bzero (args, num_actuals * sizeof (struct arg_data));
                   4156: 
                   4157:   args_size.constant = 0;
                   4158:   args_size.var = 0;
                   4159: #ifdef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
1.1.1.17  root     4160:   args_size.constant = FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET (funtype);
1.1.1.9   root     4161:   stack_count_regparms = 1;
                   4162: #endif
                   4163:   starting_args_size = args_size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     4164: 
                   4165:   /* In this loop, we consider args in the order they are written.
1.1.1.9   root     4166:      We fill up ARGS from the front of from the back if necessary
                   4167:      so that in any case the first arg to be pushed ends up at the front.  */
1.1       root     4168: 
1.1.1.2   root     4169: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
                   4170:   i = num_actuals - 1, inc = -1;
1.1       root     4171:   /* In this case, must reverse order of args
1.1.1.2   root     4172:      so that we compute and push the last arg first.  */
1.1       root     4173: #else
1.1.1.2   root     4174:   i = 0, inc = 1;
                   4175: #endif
                   4176: 
                   4177:   INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, funtype);
                   4178: 
1.1.1.19! root     4179:   /* I counts args in order (to be) pushed; ARGPOS counts in order written.  */
        !          4180:   for (p = actparms, argpos = 0; p; p = TREE_CHAIN (p), i += inc, argpos++)
1.1.1.2   root     4181:     {
                   4182:       tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (p));
1.1.1.9   root     4183:       args[i].tree_value = TREE_VALUE (p);
                   4184:       args[i].offset = args_size;
1.1.1.2   root     4185: 
1.1.1.15  root     4186:       if (type == error_mark_node
                   4187:          || TYPE_SIZE (type) == 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4188:        continue;
                   4189: 
                   4190:       /* Decide where to pass this arg.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4191:       /* args[i].reg is nonzero if all or part is passed in registers.
                   4192:         args[i].partial is nonzero if part but not all is passed in registers,
1.1.1.2   root     4193:          and the exact value says how many words are passed in registers.  */
                   4194: 
                   4195:       if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST
1.1.1.6   root     4196:          && args_size.var == 0
                   4197:          /* error_mark_node here is a flag for the fake argument
                   4198:             for a structure value address.  */
                   4199:          && TREE_PURPOSE (p) != error_mark_node)
1.1.1.2   root     4200:        {
1.1.1.9   root     4201:          args[i].reg = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, TYPE_MODE (type), type,
1.1.1.19! root     4202:                                      argpos < n_named_args);
1.1.1.16  root     4203:          /* If this argument needs more than the usual parm alignment, do
                   4204:             extrinsic padding to reach that alignment.  */
                   4205: 
                   4206: #ifdef MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY
                   4207:          /* If MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY is not defined, it means that the usual
                   4208:             alignment requirements are relaxed for parms, and that no parm
                   4209:             needs more than PARM_BOUNDARY, regardless of data type.  */
                   4210: 
                   4211:          if (PARM_BOUNDARY < TYPE_ALIGN (type))
                   4212:            {
                   4213:              int boundary = PARM_BOUNDARY;
                   4214: 
                   4215:              /* Determine the boundary to pad up to.  */
                   4216:              if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) > boundary)
                   4217:                boundary = TYPE_ALIGN (type);
                   4218:              if (boundary > MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY)
                   4219:                boundary = MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY;
                   4220: 
                   4221:              /* If the previous args don't reach such a boundary,
                   4222:                 advance to the next one.  */
1.1.1.17  root     4223:              boundary /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
1.1.1.16  root     4224:              args[i].offset.constant += boundary - 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4225:              args[i].offset.constant &= ~(boundary - 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4226:              args_size.constant += boundary - 1;
1.1.1.17  root     4227:              args_size.constant &= ~(boundary - 1);
1.1.1.16  root     4228: 
                   4229:              if (args_size.var != 0)
                   4230:                abort ();               /* This case not implemented yet */
                   4231:            }
                   4232: #endif /* MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY */
                   4233: 
1.1.1.2   root     4234: #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
1.1.1.9   root     4235:          args[i].partial
                   4236:            = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far,
                   4237:                                          TYPE_MODE (type), type,
                   4238:                                          i < n_named_args);
1.1.1.2   root     4239: #endif
                   4240:        }
                   4241: 
1.1.1.9   root     4242:       /* Compute the stack-size of this argument.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4243: 
1.1.1.9   root     4244:       if (args[i].reg != 0 && args[i].partial == 0
                   4245:          && ! stack_count_regparms)
                   4246:        /* On most machines, don't count stack space for a register arg.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4247:        ;
                   4248:       else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode)
                   4249:        {
                   4250:          register int size;
                   4251: 
1.1.1.19! root     4252:          /* If we are counting "up to zero" and find a stack parm
        !          4253:             before we reach zero, skip up to zero.
        !          4254:             Negative offsets correspond to registers.  */
        !          4255:          if (stack_count_regparms && args_size.constant < 0
        !          4256:              /* This used to check args[i].partial != 0,
        !          4257:                 but on the Sparc now that seems to be 0.  */
        !          4258:              && args[i].reg == 0)
        !          4259:            {
        !          4260:              args_size.constant = 0;
        !          4261:              args[i].offset.constant = 0;
        !          4262:            }
1.1.1.2   root     4263:          size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type));
                   4264:          /* Compute how much space the push instruction will push.
                   4265:             On many machines, pushing a byte will advance the stack
                   4266:             pointer by a halfword.  */
                   4267: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4268:          size = PUSH_ROUNDING (size);
1.1       root     4269: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4270:          /* Compute how much space the argument should get:
1.1.1.6   root     4271:             maybe pad to a multiple of the alignment for arguments.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4272:          if (none == FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (type), const0_rtx))
1.1.1.9   root     4273:            args[i].size.constant = size;
1.1.1.6   root     4274:          else
1.1.1.9   root     4275:            args[i].size.constant
1.1.1.6   root     4276:              = (((size + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   4277:                  / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
                   4278:                 * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.2   root     4279:        }
                   4280:       else
                   4281:        {
                   4282:          register tree size = size_in_bytes (type);
                   4283: 
1.1.1.19! root     4284:          /* If we are counting "up to zero" and find a stack parm
        !          4285:             before we reach zero, skip up to zero.
        !          4286:             Negative offsets correspond to registers.  */
        !          4287:          if (stack_count_regparms && args_size.constant < 0
        !          4288:              /* This used to check args[i].partial != 0,
        !          4289:                 but on the Sparc now that seems to be 0.  */
        !          4290:              && args[i].reg == 0)
        !          4291:            {
        !          4292:              args_size.constant = 0;
        !          4293:              args[i].offset.constant = 0;
        !          4294:            }
        !          4295: 
1.1.1.2   root     4296:          /* A nonscalar.  Round its size up to a multiple
1.1.1.9   root     4297:             of PARM_BOUNDARY bits, unless it is not supposed to be padded.  */
1.1.1.6   root     4298:          if (none
                   4299:              != FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (type),
                   4300:                                       expand_expr (size, 0, VOIDmode, 0)))
                   4301:            size = convert_units (convert_units (size, BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   4302:                                                 PARM_BOUNDARY),
                   4303:                                  PARM_BOUNDARY, BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.9   root     4304:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (args[i].size, size);
                   4305: 
                   4306:          /* Certain data types may not be passed in registers
                   4307:             (eg C++ classes with constructors).
                   4308:             Also, BLKmode parameters initialized from CALL_EXPRs
                   4309:             are treated specially, if it is a win to do so.  */
                   4310:          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (p)) == CALL_EXPR
1.1.1.13  root     4311:              || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
1.1.1.9   root     4312:            {
1.1.1.13  root     4313:              if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
1.1.1.9   root     4314:                BLKmode_parms_forced = 1;
                   4315:              /* This is a marker for such a parameter.  */
                   4316:              args[i].stack = const0_rtx;
                   4317:              BLKmode_parms_sizes += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size);
                   4318: 
                   4319:              /* If this parm's location is "below" the nominal stack pointer,
                   4320:                 note to decrement the stack pointer while it is computed.  */
                   4321: #ifdef FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET
                   4322:              if (BLKmode_parms_first_offset == 0)
                   4323:                BLKmode_parms_first_offset
                   4324:                  /* If parameter's offset is variable, assume the worst.  */
                   4325:                  = (args[i].offset.var
1.1.1.17  root     4326:                     ? FIRST_PARM_CALLER_OFFSET (funtype)
1.1.1.9   root     4327:                     : args[i].offset.constant);
                   4328: #endif
                   4329:            }
1.1.1.2   root     4330:        }
1.1.1.9   root     4331: 
1.1.1.2   root     4332:       /* If a part of the arg was put into registers,
                   4333:         don't include that part in the amount pushed.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4334:       if (! stack_count_regparms)
                   4335:        args[i].size.constant
                   4336:          -= ((args[i].partial * UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   4337:              / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
                   4338:              * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1.1.1.2   root     4339: 
1.1.1.9   root     4340:       /* Update ARGS_SIZE, the total stack space for args so far.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4341: 
1.1.1.9   root     4342:       args_size.constant += args[i].size.constant;
                   4343:       if (args[i].size.var)
1.1.1.2   root     4344:        {
1.1.1.9   root     4345:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (args_size, args[i].size.var);
1.1.1.2   root     4346:        }
1.1.1.9   root     4347: 
                   4348:       /* Increment ARGS_SO_FAR, which has info about which arg-registers
                   4349:         have been used, etc.  */
                   4350: 
                   4351:       FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, TYPE_MODE (type), type,
                   4352:                            i < n_named_args);
1.1.1.2   root     4353:     }
                   4354: 
1.1.1.9   root     4355:   /* If we would have to push a partially-in-regs parm
                   4356:      before other stack parms, preallocate stack space instead.  */
                   4357:   must_preallocate = 0;
                   4358:   {
                   4359:     int partial_seen = 0;
                   4360:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4361:       {
                   4362:        if (args[i].partial > 0)
                   4363:          partial_seen = 1;
                   4364:        else if (partial_seen && args[i].reg == 0)
                   4365:          must_preallocate = 1;
                   4366:       }
                   4367:   }
                   4368: 
1.1.1.14  root     4369:   /* Precompute all register parameters.  It isn't safe to compute anything
                   4370:      once we have started filling any specific hard regs.
                   4371:      If this function call is cse'able, precompute all the parameters.  */
                   4372: 
                   4373:   reg_parm_seen = 0;
                   4374:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4375:     if (args[i].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4376:       {
1.1.1.15  root     4377:        int j;
                   4378:        int struct_value_lossage = 0;
                   4379: 
                   4380:        /* First, see if this is a precomputed struct-returning function call
                   4381:           and other subsequent parms are also such.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4382:        if ((TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)) == BLKmode
                   4383:             || RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)))
1.1.1.15  root     4384:            && TREE_CODE (args[i].tree_value) == CALL_EXPR)
                   4385:          for (j = i + 1; j < num_actuals; j++)
1.1.1.16  root     4386:            if ((TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[j].tree_value)) == BLKmode
                   4387:                 || RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (args[j].tree_value)))
1.1.1.15  root     4388:                && TREE_CODE (args[j].tree_value) == CALL_EXPR
                   4389:                && args[j].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4390:              {
                   4391:                /* We have two precomputed structure-values call expressions
                   4392:                   in our parm list.  Both of them would normally use
                   4393:                   the structure-value block.  To avoid the conflict,
                   4394:                   compute this parm with a different temporary block.  */
                   4395:                int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value));
                   4396:                rtx structval = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, size);
                   4397:                args[i].value = expand_expr (args[i].tree_value, structval,
                   4398:                                             VOIDmode, 0);
                   4399:                struct_value_lossage = 1;
                   4400:                break;
                   4401:              }
                   4402:        if (!struct_value_lossage)
                   4403:          args[i].value = expand_expr (args[i].tree_value, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4404: 
1.1.1.14  root     4405:        if (args[i].reg != 0)
                   4406:          reg_parm_seen = 1;
1.1.1.15  root     4407: 
1.1.1.14  root     4408:        if (GET_CODE (args[i].value) != MEM
                   4409:            && ! CONSTANT_P (args[i].value)
                   4410:            && GET_CODE (args[i].value) != CONST_DOUBLE)
                   4411:          args[i].value
                   4412:            = force_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)),
                   4413:                         args[i].value);
                   4414:        /* ANSI doesn't require a sequence point here,
                   4415:           but PCC has one, so this will avoid some problems.  */
                   4416:        emit_queue ();
                   4417:       }
                   4418: 
                   4419:   /* Get the function to call, in the form of RTL, if it is a constant.  */
                   4420:   if (fndecl && is_const)
                   4421:     {
                   4422:       /* Get a SYMBOL_REF rtx for the function address.  */
                   4423:       funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
                   4424: 
                   4425: #ifndef NO_FUNCTION_CSE
                   4426:       /* Pass the address through a pseudoreg, if desired,
                   4427:         before the "beginning" of the library call.
                   4428:         So this insn isn't "part of" the library call, in case that
                   4429:         is deleted, or cse'd.  */
                   4430:       if (! flag_no_function_cse)
                   4431:        funexp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, funexp);
                   4432: #endif
                   4433:     }
                   4434: 
                   4435:   /* Now we are about to start emitting insns that can be deleted
                   4436:      if the libcall is deleted.  */
                   4437:   insn_before = get_last_insn ();
                   4438: 
1.1.1.16  root     4439:   /* Maybe do additional rounding on the size of the arguments.  */
                   4440: #ifdef STACK_ARGS_ADJUST
                   4441:   STACK_ARGS_ADJUST (args_size);
                   4442: #endif
                   4443: 
1.1.1.9   root     4444:   /* If we have no actual push instructions, or shouldn't use them,
                   4445:      or we need a variable amount of space, make space for all args right now.
                   4446:      Round the needed size up to multiple of STACK_BOUNDARY.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4447: 
                   4448:   if (args_size.var != 0)
                   4449:     {
                   4450:       old_stack_level = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
                   4451:       old_pending_adj = pending_stack_adjust;
1.1.1.19! root     4452:       argblock = push_block (round_push (ARGS_SIZE_RTX (args_size)), 0);
1.1.1.2   root     4453:     }
1.1.1.9   root     4454:   else if (args_size.constant > 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4455:     {
                   4456:       int needed = args_size.constant;
                   4457: 
                   4458: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4459:       needed = (needed + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
1.1.1.19! root     4460:       stack_align = needed - args_size.constant;
1.1.1.2   root     4461: #endif
1.1.1.15  root     4462:       args_size.constant = needed;
1.1.1.2   root     4463: 
1.1.1.9   root     4464:       if (
1.1.1.2   root     4465: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
1.1.1.9   root     4466:          1  /* Always preallocate if no push insns.  */
                   4467: #else
                   4468:          must_preallocate || BLKmode_parms_forced
                   4469:          || BLKmode_parms_sizes > (args_size.constant >> 1)
                   4470: #endif
                   4471:          )
1.1.1.2   root     4472:        {
1.1.1.19! root     4473:          if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0)
1.1.1.9   root     4474:            {
1.1.1.19! root     4475:              /* Try to reuse some or all of the pending_stack_adjust
        !          4476:                 to get this space.  Maybe we can avoid any pushing.  */
        !          4477:              if (needed > pending_stack_adjust)
        !          4478:                {
        !          4479:                  needed -= pending_stack_adjust;
        !          4480:                  pending_stack_adjust = 0;
        !          4481:                }
        !          4482:              else
        !          4483:                {
        !          4484:                  pending_stack_adjust -= needed;
        !          4485:                  needed = 0;
        !          4486:                }
1.1.1.9   root     4487:            }
1.1.1.19! root     4488:          argblock = push_block (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, needed), 0);
1.1.1.2   root     4489:        }
                   4490:     }
1.1.1.13  root     4491: #ifndef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4492:   else if (BLKmode_parms_forced)
                   4493:     {
                   4494:       /* If we have reg-parms that need to be temporarily on the stack,
                   4495:         set up an arg block address even though there is no space
                   4496:         to be allocated for it.  */
1.1.1.19! root     4497:       argblock = push_block (const0_rtx, 0);
1.1.1.13  root     4498:     }
                   4499: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4500: 
1.1.1.16  root     4501: #if 0
1.1.1.15  root     4502:   /* If stack needs padding below the args, increase all arg offsets
                   4503:      so the args are stored above the padding.  */
                   4504:   if (stack_padding)
                   4505:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4506:       args[i].offset.constant += stack_padding;
                   4507: #endif
                   4508: 
1.1.1.9   root     4509:   /* Don't try to defer pops if preallocating, not even from the first arg,
                   4510:      since ARGBLOCK probably refers to the SP.  */
                   4511:   if (argblock)
                   4512:     NO_DEFER_POP;
                   4513: 
                   4514: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   4515:   /* If any BLKmode parms need to be preallocated in space
                   4516:      below the nominal stack-pointer address, we need to adjust the
                   4517:      stack pointer so that this location is temporarily above it.
                   4518:      This ensures that computation won't clobber that space.  */
                   4519:   if (BLKmode_parms_first_offset < 0 && argblock != 0)
                   4520:     {
                   4521:       int needed = -BLKmode_parms_first_offset;
                   4522:       argblock = copy_to_reg (argblock);
                   4523: 
                   4524: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
                   4525:       needed = (needed + STACK_BYTES - 1) / STACK_BYTES * STACK_BYTES;
                   4526: #endif
                   4527:       protected_stack = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, needed);
                   4528:       anti_adjust_stack (protected_stack);
                   4529:     }
                   4530: #endif /* STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD */
                   4531: 
1.1.1.19! root     4532: #ifdef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
        !          4533: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
        !          4534:   /* If we push args individually in reverse order, perform stack alignment
        !          4535:      before the first push (the last arg).  */
        !          4536:   if (argblock == 0 && stack_align > 0)
        !          4537:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_align));
        !          4538: #endif
        !          4539: #endif
        !          4540: 
1.1.1.2   root     4541:   /* Get the function to call, in the form of RTL.  */
                   4542:   if (fndecl)
                   4543:     /* Get a SYMBOL_REF rtx for the function address.  */
                   4544:     funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
                   4545:   else
                   4546:     /* Generate an rtx (probably a pseudo-register) for the address.  */
1.1.1.4   root     4547:     {
                   4548:       funexp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4549:       emit_queue ();
                   4550:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4551: 
1.1.1.9   root     4552:   /* Now compute and store all non-register parms.
                   4553:      These come before register parms, since they can require block-moves,
                   4554:      which could clobber the registers used for register parms.
                   4555:      Parms which have partial registers are not stored here,
                   4556:      but we do preallocate space here if they want that.  */
1.1.1.2   root     4557: 
1.1       root     4558:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4559:     {
1.1.1.9   root     4560:       /* Preallocate the stack space for a parm if appropriate
                   4561:         so it can be computed directly in the stack space.  */
                   4562:       if (args[i].stack != 0 && argblock != 0)
                   4563:        args[i].stack = target_for_arg (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value),
                   4564:                                        ARGS_SIZE_RTX (args[i].size),
                   4565:                                        argblock, args[i].offset);
1.1       root     4566:       else
1.1.1.9   root     4567:        args[i].stack = 0;
1.1       root     4568: 
1.1.1.15  root     4569:       if (args[i].reg == 0
                   4570:          && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value)) != 0)
1.1.1.9   root     4571:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
                   4572:     }
1.1       root     4573: 
1.1.1.9   root     4574:   /* Now store any partially-in-registers parm.
                   4575:      This is the last place a block-move can happen.  */
                   4576:   if (reg_parm_seen)
                   4577:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4578:       if (args[i].partial != 0)
                   4579:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
1.1       root     4580: 
1.1.1.9   root     4581:   if (protected_stack != 0)
                   4582:     adjust_stack (protected_stack);
1.1       root     4583: 
1.1.1.19! root     4584: #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
        !          4585: #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
        !          4586:   /* If we pushed args in forward order, perform stack alignment
        !          4587:      after pushing the last arg.  */
        !          4588:   if (argblock == 0 && stack_align > 0)
        !          4589:     anti_adjust_stack (gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, stack_align));
        !          4590: #endif
        !          4591: #endif
        !          4592: 
1.1.1.9   root     4593:   /* Pass the function the address in which to return a structure value.  */
                   4594:   if (structure_value_addr && ! structure_value_addr_parm)
1.1.1.17  root     4595:     emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx,
                   4596:                    force_reg (Pmode, force_operand (structure_value_addr, 0)));
1.1       root     4597: 
1.1.1.9   root     4598:   /* Now set up any wholly-register parms.  They were computed already.  */
                   4599:   if (reg_parm_seen)
                   4600:     for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4601:       if (args[i].reg != 0 && args[i].partial == 0)
                   4602:        store_one_arg (&args[i], argblock, may_be_alloca);
1.1       root     4603: 
                   4604:   /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function.  */
                   4605:   emit_queue ();
                   4606: 
1.1.1.2   root     4607:   /* All arguments and registers used for the call must be set up by now!  */
1.1       root     4608: 
1.1.1.2   root     4609:   /* ??? Other languages need a nontrivial second argument (static chain).  */
                   4610:   funexp = prepare_call_address (funexp, 0);
                   4611: 
1.1.1.18  root     4612:   /* Mark all register-parms as living through the call.  */
                   4613:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.2   root     4614:   for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
1.1.1.9   root     4615:     if (args[i].reg != 0)
1.1.1.2   root     4616:       {
1.1.1.9   root     4617:        if (args[i].partial > 0)
                   4618:          use_regs (REGNO (args[i].reg), args[i].partial);
                   4619:        else if (GET_MODE (args[i].reg) == BLKmode)
                   4620:          use_regs (REGNO (args[i].reg),
1.1.1.18  root     4621:                    ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (args[i].tree_value))
                   4622:                      + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)
1.1.1.2   root     4623:                     / UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   4624:        else
1.1.1.9   root     4625:          emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, args[i].reg));
1.1.1.2   root     4626:       }
                   4627: 
1.1.1.17  root     4628:   if (structure_value_addr && ! structure_value_addr_parm
                   4629:       && GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG)
1.1.1.2   root     4630:     emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, struct_value_rtx));
                   4631: 
1.1.1.18  root     4632:   use_insns = gen_sequence ();
                   4633:   end_sequence ();
                   4634: 
1.1.1.2   root     4635:   /* Figure out the register where the value, if any, will come back.  */
                   4636:   valreg = 0;
                   4637:   if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != VOIDmode
1.1.1.18  root     4638:       && ! structure_value_addr)
                   4639:     {
                   4640:       if (pcc_struct_value)
                   4641:        valreg = hard_libcall_value (Pmode);
                   4642:       else
                   4643:        valreg = hard_function_value (TREE_TYPE (exp), fndecl);
                   4644:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4645: 
                   4646:   /* Generate the actual call instruction.  */
1.1.1.18  root     4647:   /* This also has the effect of turning off any pop-inhibition
                   4648:      done in expand_call.  */
1.1.1.9   root     4649:   if (args_size.constant < 0)
                   4650:     args_size.constant = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     4651:   emit_call_1 (funexp, funtype, args_size.constant,
                   4652:               FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, VOIDmode, void_type_node, 1),
1.1.1.18  root     4653:               valreg, old_inhibit_defer_pop, use_insns);
1.1       root     4654: 
                   4655: /* ???  Nothing has been done here to record control flow
                   4656:    when contained functions can do nonlocal gotos.  */
                   4657: 
1.1.1.2   root     4658:   /* For calls to `setjmp', etc., inform flow.c it should complain
                   4659:      if nonvolatile values are live.  */
                   4660: 
                   4661:   if (is_setjmp)
1.1.1.11  root     4662:     {
                   4663:       emit_note (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), NOTE_INSN_SETJMP);
                   4664:       current_function_calls_setjmp = 1;
                   4665:     }
1.1.1.2   root     4666: 
1.1.1.14  root     4667:   /* Notice functions that cannot return.
                   4668:      If optimizing, insns emitted below will be dead.
                   4669:      If not optimizing, they will exist, which is useful
                   4670:      if the user uses the `return' command in the debugger.  */
                   4671: 
                   4672:   if (fndecl && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fndecl))
                   4673:     emit_barrier ();
                   4674: 
1.1.1.19! root     4675:   /* If this call is to be cse'd, then make sure it balances the stack.  */
        !          4676:   if (is_const)
        !          4677:     do_pending_stack_adjust ();
        !          4678: 
1.1.1.8   root     4679:   /* For calls to __builtin_new, note that it can never return 0.
                   4680:      This is because a new handler will be called, and 0 it not
                   4681:      among the numbers it is supposed to return.  */
                   4682: #if 0
                   4683:   if (is_builtin_new)
                   4684:     emit_note (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl)), NOTE_INSN_BUILTIN_NEW);
                   4685: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     4686: 
1.1       root     4687:   /* If value type not void, return an rtx for the value.  */
                   4688: 
1.1.1.13  root     4689:   /* If there are cleanups to be called, don't use a hard reg as target.  */
                   4690:   if (cleanups_of_this_call != old_cleanups
                   4691:       && target && REG_P (target)
                   4692:       && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   4693:     target = 0;
                   4694: 
1.1.1.2   root     4695:   if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == VOIDmode
                   4696:       || ignore)
1.1       root     4697:     {
1.1.1.14  root     4698:       target = const0_rtx;
1.1       root     4699:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4700:   else if (structure_value_addr)
                   4701:     {
1.1.1.16  root     4702:       if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != MEM)
                   4703:        target = gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
1.1.1.8   root     4704:                          memory_address (BLKmode, structure_value_addr));
                   4705:     }
1.1.1.15  root     4706:   else if (pcc_struct_value)
                   4707:     {
1.1.1.16  root     4708:       valreg = hard_function_value (build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4709:                                    fndecl);
                   4710:       if (target == 0)
                   4711:        target = gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4712:                          copy_to_reg (valreg));
1.1.1.15  root     4713:       else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != BLKmode)
                   4714:        emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx (MEM, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
                   4715:                                         copy_to_reg (valreg)));
                   4716:       else
                   4717:        emit_block_move (target, gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, copy_to_reg (valreg)),
                   4718:                         expr_size (exp),
                   4719:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   4720:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4721:   else if (target && GET_MODE (target) == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))
1.1       root     4722:     {
1.1.1.2   root     4723:       if (!rtx_equal_p (target, valreg))
                   4724:        emit_move_insn (target, valreg);
                   4725:       else
                   4726:        /* This tells expand_inline_function to copy valreg to its target.  */
                   4727:        emit_insn (gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, valreg));
1.1       root     4728:     }
1.1.1.8   root     4729:   else
                   4730:     target = copy_to_reg (valreg);
                   4731: 
1.1.1.9   root     4732:   /* Perform all cleanups needed for the arguments of this call
                   4733:      (i.e. destructors in C++).  */
                   4734:   while (cleanups_of_this_call != old_cleanups)
                   4735:     {
                   4736:       expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (cleanups_of_this_call), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4737:       cleanups_of_this_call = TREE_CHAIN (cleanups_of_this_call);
                   4738:     }
                   4739: 
1.1.1.19! root     4740:   /* If we pushed this, pop it.  */
        !          4741:   if (saved_structure_value_addr != 0)
        !          4742:     pop_structure_value (saved_structure_value_addr,
        !          4743:                         saved_structure_value_size);
        !          4744: 
1.1.1.8   root     4745:   /* If size of args is variable, restore saved stack-pointer value.  */
                   4746: 
1.1.1.9   root     4747:   if (old_stack_level)
1.1.1.8   root     4748:     {
                   4749:       emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, old_stack_level);
                   4750:       pending_stack_adjust = old_pending_adj;
                   4751:     }
                   4752: 
1.1.1.14  root     4753:   /* If call is cse'able, make appropriate pair of reg-notes around it.  */
                   4754:   if (is_const)
                   4755:     {
                   4756:       rtx insn_first = NEXT_INSN (insn_before);
                   4757:       rtx insn_last = get_last_insn ();
                   4758:       rtx note = 0;
                   4759: 
1.1.1.18  root     4760:       /* Don't put the notes on if we don't have insns that can hold them.  */
                   4761:       if ((GET_CODE (insn_first) == INSN
                   4762:           || GET_CODE (insn_first) == CALL_INSN
                   4763:           || GET_CODE (insn_first) == JUMP_INSN)
                   4764:          && (GET_CODE (insn_last) == INSN
                   4765:              || GET_CODE (insn_last) == CALL_INSN
                   4766:              || GET_CODE (insn_last) == JUMP_INSN))
                   4767:        {
                   4768:          /* Construct an "equal form" for the value
                   4769:             which mentions all the arguments in order
                   4770:             as well as the function name.  */
                   4771:          for (i = 0; i < num_actuals; i++)
                   4772:            if (args[i].reg != 0 || is_const)
                   4773:              note = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, args[i].value, note);
                   4774:          note = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
                   4775:                          XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0), note);
                   4776: 
                   4777:          REG_NOTES (insn_last)
                   4778:            = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUAL, note,
                   4779:                       gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_RETVAL, insn_first,
                   4780:                                REG_NOTES (insn_last)));
                   4781:          REG_NOTES (insn_first)
                   4782:            = gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, REG_LIBCALL, insn_last,
                   4783:                       REG_NOTES (insn_first));
                   4784:        }
1.1.1.14  root     4785:     }
                   4786: 
1.1.1.9   root     4787:   return target;
                   4788: }
                   4789: 
                   4790: /* Return an rtx which represents a suitable home on the stack
                   4791:    given TYPE, the type of the argument looking for a home.
                   4792:    This is called only for BLKmode arguments.
                   4793: 
                   4794:    SIZE is the size needed for this target.
                   4795:    ARGS_ADDR is the address of the bottom of the argument block for this call.
                   4796:    OFFSET describes this parameter's offset into ARGS_ADDR.  It is meaningless
                   4797:    if this machine uses push insns.  */
                   4798: 
                   4799: static rtx
                   4800: target_for_arg (type, size, args_addr, offset)
                   4801:      tree type;
                   4802:      rtx size;
                   4803:      rtx args_addr;
                   4804:      struct args_size offset;
                   4805: {
                   4806:   rtx target;
                   4807:   rtx offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (offset);
                   4808: 
                   4809:   /* We do not call memory_address if possible,
                   4810:      because we want to address as close to the stack
                   4811:      as possible.  For non-variable sized arguments,
                   4812:      this will be stack-pointer relative addressing.  */
                   4813:   if (GET_CODE (offset_rtx) == CONST_INT)
                   4814:     target = plus_constant (args_addr, INTVAL (offset_rtx));
                   4815:   else
1.1.1.8   root     4816:     {
1.1.1.9   root     4817:       /* I have no idea how to guarantee that this
                   4818:         will work in the presence of register parameters.  */
                   4819:       target = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, args_addr, offset_rtx);
                   4820:       target = memory_address (QImode, target);
1.1.1.8   root     4821:     }
1.1.1.9   root     4822: 
                   4823:   return gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, target);
                   4824: }
                   4825: 
                   4826: /* Store a single argument for a function call
                   4827:    into the register or memory area where it must be passed.
                   4828:    *ARG describes the argument value and where to pass it.
                   4829:    ARGBLOCK is the address of the stack-block for all the arguments,
                   4830:    or 0 on a machine where arguemnts are pushed individually.
                   4831:    MAY_BE_ALLOCA nonzero says this could be a call to `alloca'
                   4832:    so must be careful about how the stack is used.  */
                   4833: 
                   4834: static void
                   4835: store_one_arg (arg, argblock, may_be_alloca)
                   4836:      struct arg_data *arg;
                   4837:      rtx argblock;
                   4838:      int may_be_alloca;
                   4839: {
                   4840:   register tree pval = arg->tree_value;
                   4841:   int used = 0;
                   4842: 
                   4843:   if (TREE_CODE (pval) == ERROR_MARK)
                   4844:     return;
                   4845: 
                   4846:   if (arg->reg != 0 && arg->partial == 0)
                   4847:     {
                   4848:       /* Being passed entirely in a register.  */
                   4849:       if (arg->value != 0)
                   4850:        {
                   4851:          if (GET_MODE (arg->value) == BLKmode)
                   4852:            move_block_to_reg (REGNO (arg->reg), arg->value,
1.1.1.18  root     4853:                               ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval))
                   4854:                                 + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)
1.1.1.9   root     4855:                                / UNITS_PER_WORD));
                   4856:          else
                   4857:            emit_move_insn (arg->reg, arg->value);
                   4858:        }
                   4859:       else
                   4860:        store_expr (pval, arg->reg, 0);
                   4861: 
                   4862:       /* Don't allow anything left on stack from computation
                   4863:         of argument to alloca.  */
                   4864:       if (may_be_alloca)
                   4865:        do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4866:     }
                   4867:   else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)) != BLKmode)
                   4868:     {
                   4869:       register int size;
                   4870:       rtx tem;
                   4871: 
                   4872:       /* Argument is a scalar, not entirely passed in registers.
                   4873:         (If part is passed in registers, arg->partial says how much
                   4874:         and emit_push_insn will take care of putting it there.)
                   4875:         
                   4876:         Push it, and if its size is less than the
                   4877:         amount of space allocated to it,
                   4878:         also bump stack pointer by the additional space.
                   4879:         Note that in C the default argument promotions
                   4880:         will prevent such mismatches.  */
                   4881: 
                   4882:       used = size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)));
                   4883:       /* Compute how much space the push instruction will push.
                   4884:         On many machines, pushing a byte will advance the stack
                   4885:         pointer by a halfword.  */
                   4886: #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
                   4887:       size = PUSH_ROUNDING (size);
                   4888: #endif
                   4889:       /* Compute how much space the argument should get:
                   4890:         round up to a multiple of the alignment for arguments.  */
1.1.1.16  root     4891:       if (none != FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), const0_rtx))
1.1.1.9   root     4892:        used = (((size + PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1)
                   4893:                 / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
                   4894:                * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
                   4895: 
                   4896:       tem = arg->value;
                   4897:       if (tem == 0)
                   4898:        {
                   4899:          tem = expand_expr (pval, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4900:          /* ANSI doesn't require a sequence point here,
                   4901:             but PCC has one, so this will avoid some problems.  */
                   4902:          emit_queue ();
                   4903:        }
                   4904: 
                   4905:       /* Don't allow anything left on stack from computation
                   4906:         of argument to alloca.  */
                   4907:       if (may_be_alloca)
                   4908:        do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   4909: 
                   4910:       emit_push_insn (tem, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), 0, 0,
                   4911:                      arg->partial, arg->reg, used - size,
                   4912:                      argblock, ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->offset));
                   4913:     }
                   4914:   else if (arg->stack != 0)
                   4915:     {
1.1.1.14  root     4916:       /* BLKmode parm, not entirely passed in registers,
                   4917:         and with space already allocated.  */
                   4918: 
                   4919:       tree sizetree = size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval));
                   4920:       /* Round the size up to multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY bits.  */
                   4921:       tree s1 = convert_units (sizetree, BITS_PER_UNIT, PARM_BOUNDARY);
                   4922:       tree s2 = convert_units (s1, PARM_BOUNDARY, BITS_PER_UNIT);
                   4923: 
                   4924:       /* Find out if the parm needs padding, and whether above or below.  */
                   4925:       enum direction where_pad
                   4926:        = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)),
                   4927:                                expand_expr (sizetree, 0, VOIDmode, 0));
                   4928: 
                   4929:       /* If it is padded below, adjust the stack address
                   4930:         upward over the padding.  */
                   4931: 
                   4932:       if (where_pad == downward)
                   4933:        {
                   4934:          rtx offset_rtx;
                   4935:          rtx address = XEXP (arg->stack, 0);
                   4936:          struct args_size stack_offset;
                   4937: 
                   4938:          stack_offset.constant = 0;
                   4939:          stack_offset.var = 0;
                   4940: 
                   4941:          /* Compute amount of padding.  */
                   4942:          ADD_PARM_SIZE (stack_offset, s2);
                   4943:          SUB_PARM_SIZE (stack_offset, sizetree);
                   4944:          offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_offset);
                   4945: 
                   4946:          /* Adjust the address to store at.  */
                   4947:          if (GET_CODE (offset_rtx) == CONST_INT)
                   4948:            address = plus_constant (address, INTVAL (offset_rtx));
                   4949:          else
                   4950:            {
                   4951:              address = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, address, offset_rtx);
                   4952:              address = memory_address (QImode, address);
                   4953:            }
                   4954:          arg->stack = change_address (arg->stack, VOIDmode, address);
                   4955:        }
                   4956: 
1.1.1.12  root     4957:       /* ARG->stack probably refers to the stack-pointer.  If so,
                   4958:         stabilize it, in case stack-pointer changes during evaluation.  */
                   4959:       if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, arg->stack))
                   4960:        arg->stack = change_address (arg->stack, VOIDmode,
                   4961:                                     copy_to_reg (XEXP (arg->stack, 0)));
1.1.1.9   root     4962:       /* BLKmode argument that should go in a prespecified stack location.  */
                   4963:       if (arg->value == 0)
                   4964:        /* Not yet computed => compute it there.  */
                   4965:        /* ??? This should be changed to tell expand_expr
                   4966:           that it can store directly in the target.  */
                   4967:        arg->value = store_expr (arg->tree_value, arg->stack, 0);
                   4968:       else if (arg->value != arg->stack)
                   4969:        /* It was computed somewhere, but not where we wanted.
                   4970:           For example, the value may have come from an official
                   4971:           local variable or parameter.  In that case, expand_expr
                   4972:           does not fill our suggested target.  */
                   4973:        emit_block_move (arg->stack, arg->value, ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->size),
1.1.1.10  root     4974:                         TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (pval)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1.1.9   root     4975: 
                   4976:       /* Now, if this value wanted to be partly in registers,
                   4977:         move the value from the stack to the registers
                   4978:         that are supposed to hold the values.  */
                   4979:       if (arg->partial > 0)
                   4980:        move_block_to_reg (REGNO (arg->reg), arg->stack, arg->partial);
                   4981:     }
                   4982:   else
                   4983:     {
1.1.1.14  root     4984:       /* BLKmode, at least partly to be pushed.  */
                   4985: 
1.1.1.9   root     4986:       register rtx tem
                   4987:        = arg->value ? arg->value : expand_expr (pval, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   4988:       register int excess;
                   4989:       rtx size_rtx;
                   4990: 
                   4991:       /* Pushing a nonscalar.
                   4992:         If part is passed in registers, arg->partial says how much
                   4993:         and emit_push_insn will take care of putting it there.  */
                   4994: 
                   4995:       /* Round its size up to a multiple
                   4996:         of the allocation unit for arguments.  */
                   4997: 
                   4998:       if (arg->size.var != 0)
                   4999:        {
                   5000:          excess = 0;
                   5001:          size_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->size);
                   5002:        }
                   5003:       else
                   5004:        {
                   5005:          register tree size = size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (pval));
                   5006:          /* PUSH_ROUNDING has no effect on us, because
                   5007:             emit_push_insn for BLKmode is careful to avoid it.  */
1.1.1.17  root     5008:          excess = (arg->size.constant - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size)
                   5009:                    + arg->partial * UNITS_PER_WORD);
1.1.1.9   root     5010:          size_rtx = expand_expr (size, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5011:        }
                   5012: 
                   5013:       if (arg->stack)
                   5014:        abort ();
                   5015: 
                   5016:       emit_push_insn (tem, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (pval)), size_rtx,
                   5017:                      TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (pval)) / BITS_PER_UNIT,
                   5018:                      arg->partial, arg->reg, excess, argblock,
                   5019:                      ARGS_SIZE_RTX (arg->offset));
                   5020:     }
                   5021: 
                   5022:   /* Once we have pushed something, pops can't safely
                   5023:      be deferred during the rest of the arguments.  */
                   5024:   NO_DEFER_POP;
1.1       root     5025: }
                   5026: 
                   5027: /* Expand conditional expressions.  */
                   5028: 
                   5029: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero.
                   5030:    LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the
                   5031:    functions here.  */
                   5032: 
1.1.1.2   root     5033: void
1.1       root     5034: jumpifnot (exp, label)
                   5035:      tree exp;
                   5036:      rtx label;
                   5037: {
                   5038:   do_jump (exp, label, 0);
                   5039: }
                   5040: 
                   5041: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero.  */
                   5042: 
1.1.1.2   root     5043: void
1.1       root     5044: jumpif (exp, label)
                   5045:      tree exp;
                   5046:      rtx label;
                   5047: {
                   5048:   do_jump (exp, 0, label);
                   5049: }
                   5050: 
                   5051: /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if
                   5052:    the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one.
                   5053:    Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero,
                   5054:    meaning fall through in that case.
                   5055: 
                   5056:    This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as
                   5057:    &&, || and comparison operators in EXP.  */
                   5058: 
1.1.1.2   root     5059: void
1.1       root     5060: do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label)
                   5061:      tree exp;
                   5062:      rtx if_false_label, if_true_label;
                   5063: {
                   5064:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
                   5065:   /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to
                   5066:      in order to properly fall through.
                   5067:      These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero.  */
                   5068:   rtx drop_through_label = 0;
                   5069:   rtx temp;
                   5070:   rtx comparison = 0;
                   5071: 
                   5072:   emit_queue ();
                   5073: 
                   5074:   switch (code)
                   5075:     {
                   5076:     case ERROR_MARK:
                   5077:       break;
                   5078: 
                   5079:     case INTEGER_CST:
                   5080:       temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label;
                   5081:       if (temp)
                   5082:        emit_jump (temp);
                   5083:       break;
                   5084: 
                   5085:     case ADDR_EXPR:
                   5086:       /* The address of something can never be zero.  */
                   5087:       if (if_true_label)
                   5088:        emit_jump (if_true_label);
                   5089:       break;
1.1.1.6   root     5090: 
1.1       root     5091:     case NOP_EXPR:
                   5092:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5093:       break;
                   5094: 
                   5095:     case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
                   5096:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label);
                   5097:       break;
                   5098: 
                   5099:     case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
                   5100:       if (if_false_label == 0)
                   5101:        if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5102:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, 0);
                   5103:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5104:       break;
                   5105: 
                   5106:     case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
                   5107:       if (if_true_label == 0)
                   5108:        if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5109:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, if_true_label);
                   5110:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5111:       break;
                   5112: 
                   5113:     case COMPOUND_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5114:       expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1       root     5115:       emit_queue ();
                   5116:       do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label);
                   5117:       break;
                   5118: 
                   5119:     case COND_EXPR:
                   5120:       {
                   5121:        register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5122:        drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx ();
                   5123:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, 0);
                   5124:        /* Now the THEN-expression.  */
                   5125:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1),
                   5126:                 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
                   5127:                 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
                   5128:        emit_label (label1);
                   5129:        /* Now the ELSE-expression.  */
                   5130:        do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2),
                   5131:                 if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label,
                   5132:                 if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label);
                   5133:       }
                   5134:       break;
                   5135: 
                   5136:     case EQ_EXPR:
                   5137:       comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ, EQ, EQ);
                   5138:       break;
                   5139: 
                   5140:     case NE_EXPR:
                   5141:       comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE, NE, NE);
                   5142:       break;
                   5143: 
                   5144:     case LT_EXPR:
                   5145:       comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU, GT, GTU);
                   5146:       break;
                   5147: 
                   5148:     case LE_EXPR:
                   5149:       comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU, GE, GEU);
                   5150:       break;
                   5151: 
                   5152:     case GT_EXPR:
                   5153:       comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU, LT, LTU);
                   5154:       break;
                   5155: 
                   5156:     case GE_EXPR:
                   5157:       comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU, LE, LEU);
                   5158:       break;
                   5159: 
                   5160:     default:
                   5161:       temp = expand_expr (exp, 0, VOIDmode, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     5162:       /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse
                   5163:         from (set (mem ...) (arithop))  (set (cc0) (mem ...)).  */
                   5164:       if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM)
                   5165:        temp = copy_to_reg (temp);
1.1       root     5166:       do_pending_stack_adjust ();
1.1.1.2   root     5167:       {
1.1.1.16  root     5168:        rtx zero = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp));
1.1       root     5169: 
1.1.1.2   root     5170:        if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
                   5171:          comparison = compare_constants (NE, 0,
                   5172:                                          INTVAL (temp), 0, BITS_PER_WORD);
                   5173:        else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode)
                   5174:          comparison = compare1 (temp, zero, NE, NE, 0, GET_MODE (temp));
                   5175:        else
                   5176:          abort ();
                   5177:       }
1.1       root     5178:     }
                   5179: 
1.1.1.2   root     5180:   /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested.  */
                   5181:   emit_queue ();
                   5182: 
1.1       root     5183:   /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted
                   5184:      straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition.
                   5185:      Otherwise, all the work has been done already.  */
                   5186: 
1.1.1.2   root     5187:   if (comparison == const1_rtx)
                   5188:     {
                   5189:       if (if_true_label)
                   5190:        emit_jump (if_true_label);
                   5191:     }
                   5192:   else if (comparison == const0_rtx)
                   5193:     {
                   5194:       if (if_false_label)
                   5195:        emit_jump (if_false_label);
                   5196:     }
                   5197:   else if (comparison)
                   5198:     {
                   5199:       if (if_true_label)
                   5200:        {
1.1.1.13  root     5201:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0)
                   5202:            emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label));
                   5203:          else
                   5204:            abort ();
                   5205: 
1.1.1.2   root     5206:          if (if_false_label)
                   5207:            emit_jump (if_false_label);
                   5208:        }
                   5209:       else if (if_false_label)
                   5210:        {
1.1.1.13  root     5211:          rtx pat;
                   5212: 
                   5213:          if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] == 0)
                   5214:            abort ();
                   5215: 
                   5216:          pat = (*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_false_label);
                   5217:          /* Now invert the sense of the jump by exchanging the two arms
                   5218:             of each IF_THEN_ELSE.  Note that inverting the condition
                   5219:             would be incorrect for IEEE floating point with nans!  */
1.1.1.14  root     5220:          if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE)
                   5221:            {
                   5222:              int i;
                   5223:              /* We can invert a sequence if the only jump is at the end.  */
1.1.1.18  root     5224:              for (i = 0; i < (int) (XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1); i++)
1.1.1.14  root     5225:                if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5226:                  abort ();
1.1.1.16  root     5227:              invert_exp (PATTERN (XVECEXP (pat, 0, XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1)),
                   5228:                          0, 0);
1.1.1.14  root     5229:            }
                   5230:          else
                   5231:            invert_exp (pat, 0, 0);
                   5232: 
1.1.1.13  root     5233:          emit_jump_insn (pat);
1.1.1.2   root     5234:        }
                   5235:     }
1.1       root     5236: 
                   5237:   if (drop_through_label)
                   5238:     emit_label (drop_through_label);
                   5239: }
                   5240: 
1.1.1.2   root     5241: /* Compare two integer constant rtx's, OP0 and OP1.
                   5242:    The comparison operation is OPERATION.
                   5243:    Return an rtx representing the value 1 or 0.
                   5244:    WIDTH is the width in bits that is significant.  */
                   5245: 
                   5246: static rtx
                   5247: compare_constants (operation, unsignedp, op0, op1, width)
                   5248:      enum rtx_code operation;
                   5249:      int unsignedp;
                   5250:      int op0, op1;
                   5251:      int width;
                   5252: {
                   5253:   int val;
                   5254: 
                   5255:   /* Sign-extend or zero-extend the operands to a full word
                   5256:      from an initial width of WIDTH bits.  */
                   5257:   if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_INT)
                   5258:     {
                   5259:       op0 &= (1 << width) - 1;
                   5260:       op1 &= (1 << width) - 1;
                   5261: 
                   5262:       if (! unsignedp)
                   5263:        {
                   5264:          if (op0 & (1 << (width - 1)))
                   5265:            op0 |= ((-1) << width);
                   5266:          if (op1 & (1 << (width - 1)))
                   5267:            op1 |= ((-1) << width);
                   5268:        }
                   5269:     }
                   5270: 
                   5271:   switch (operation)
                   5272:     {
                   5273:     case EQ:
                   5274:       val = op0 == op1;
                   5275:       break;
                   5276: 
                   5277:     case NE:
                   5278:       val = op0 != op1;
                   5279:       break;
                   5280: 
                   5281:     case GT:
                   5282:     case GTU:
                   5283:       val = op0 > op1;
                   5284:       break;
                   5285: 
                   5286:     case LT:
                   5287:     case LTU:
                   5288:       val = op0 < op1;
                   5289:       break;
                   5290: 
                   5291:     case GE:
                   5292:     case GEU:
                   5293:       val = op0 >= op1;
                   5294:       break;
                   5295: 
                   5296:     case LE:
                   5297:     case LEU:
                   5298:       val = op0 <= op1;
                   5299:     }
                   5300: 
                   5301:   return val ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx;
                   5302: }
                   5303: 
1.1       root     5304: /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP
                   5305:    (including code to compute the values to be compared)
                   5306:    and set (CC0) according to the result.
                   5307:    SIGNED_FORWARD should be the rtx operation for this comparison for
                   5308:    signed data; UNSIGNED_FORWARD, likewise for use if data is unsigned.
                   5309:    SIGNED_REVERSE and UNSIGNED_REVERSE are used if it is desirable
                   5310:    to interchange the operands for the compare instruction.
                   5311: 
                   5312:    We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently
                   5313:    things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used.  */
                   5314: 
                   5315: static rtx
                   5316: compare (exp, signed_forward, unsigned_forward,
                   5317:         signed_reverse, unsigned_reverse)
                   5318:      register tree exp;
                   5319:      enum rtx_code signed_forward, unsigned_forward;
                   5320:      enum rtx_code signed_reverse, unsigned_reverse;
                   5321: {
1.1.1.2   root     5322: 
1.1       root     5323:   register rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5324:   register rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0);
                   5325:   register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
                   5326:   int unsignedp;
                   5327: 
                   5328:   /* If one operand is 0, make it the second one.  */
                   5329: 
1.1.1.16  root     5330:   if (op0 == const0_rtx
                   5331:       || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && op0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)))
1.1       root     5332:     {
                   5333:       rtx tem = op0;
                   5334:       op0 = op1;
                   5335:       op1 = tem;
                   5336:       signed_forward = signed_reverse;
                   5337:       unsigned_forward = unsigned_reverse;
                   5338:     }
                   5339: 
1.1.1.2   root     5340:   if (flag_force_mem)
1.1       root     5341:     {
                   5342:       op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
                   5343:       op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
                   5344:     }
                   5345: 
                   5346:   do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   5347: 
1.1.1.2   root     5348:   unsignedp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
                   5349:               || TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))));
                   5350: 
                   5351:   if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   5352:     return compare_constants (signed_forward, unsignedp,
                   5353:                              INTVAL (op0), INTVAL (op1),
                   5354:                              GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))));
1.1       root     5355: 
                   5356:   emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1,
                   5357:                 (mode == BLKmode) ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : 0,
1.1.1.14  root     5358:                 unsignedp,
                   5359:                 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1.1       root     5360: 
                   5361:   return gen_rtx ((unsignedp ? unsigned_forward : signed_forward),
                   5362:                  VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx);
                   5363: }
                   5364: 
                   5365: /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's.
                   5366:    The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller.
                   5367:    BLKmode is not allowed.  */
                   5368: 
                   5369: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     5370: compare1 (op0, op1, forward_op, reverse_op, unsignedp, mode)
1.1       root     5371:      register rtx op0, op1;
                   5372:      enum rtx_code forward_op, reverse_op;
                   5373:      int unsignedp;
1.1.1.2   root     5374:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1       root     5375: {
                   5376:   /* If one operand is 0, make it the second one.  */
                   5377: 
1.1.1.16  root     5378:   if (op0 == const0_rtx
                   5379:       || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && op0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)))
1.1       root     5380:     {
                   5381:       rtx tem = op0;
                   5382:       op0 = op1;
                   5383:       op1 = tem;
                   5384:       forward_op = reverse_op;
                   5385:     }
                   5386: 
1.1.1.2   root     5387:   if (flag_force_mem)
1.1       root     5388:     {
                   5389:       op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
                   5390:       op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
                   5391:     }
                   5392: 
                   5393:   do_pending_stack_adjust ();
                   5394: 
1.1.1.2   root     5395:   if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   5396:     return compare_constants (forward_op, unsignedp,
                   5397:                              INTVAL (op0), INTVAL (op1),
                   5398:                              GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode));
                   5399: 
1.1.1.14  root     5400:   emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, 0, unsignedp, 0);
1.1       root     5401: 
                   5402:   return gen_rtx (forward_op, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx);
                   5403: }
                   5404: 
                   5405: /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction
                   5406:    and return an rtx for the result.
                   5407:    If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient.
                   5408: 
                   5409:    Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction
                   5410:    available on this machine.  */
                   5411: 
                   5412: static rtx
1.1.1.2   root     5413: do_store_flag (exp, target, mode)
1.1       root     5414:      tree exp;
                   5415:      rtx target;
1.1.1.2   root     5416:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1       root     5417: {
                   5418:   register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
                   5419:   register rtx comparison = 0;
1.1.1.2   root     5420:   enum machine_mode compare_mode;
1.1.1.17  root     5421:   rtx prev_insn = get_last_insn ();
                   5422:   enum insn_code icode;
1.1       root     5423: 
                   5424:   switch (code)
                   5425:     {
1.1.1.2   root     5426: #ifdef HAVE_seq
1.1       root     5427:     case EQ_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5428:       if (HAVE_seq)
                   5429:        {
                   5430:          comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ, EQ, EQ);
1.1.1.17  root     5431:          icode = CODE_FOR_seq;
1.1.1.2   root     5432:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_seq][0];
                   5433:        }
1.1       root     5434:       break;
                   5435: #endif
                   5436: 
1.1.1.2   root     5437: #ifdef HAVE_sne
1.1       root     5438:     case NE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5439:       if (HAVE_sne)
                   5440:        {
                   5441:          comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE, NE, NE);
1.1.1.17  root     5442:          icode = CODE_FOR_sne;
1.1.1.2   root     5443:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sne][0];
                   5444:        }
1.1       root     5445:       break;
                   5446: #endif
                   5447: 
1.1.1.2   root     5448: #if defined (HAVE_slt) && defined (HAVE_sltu) && defined (HAVE_sgt) && defined (HAVE_sgtu)
1.1       root     5449:     case LT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5450:       if (HAVE_slt && HAVE_sltu && HAVE_sgt && HAVE_sgtu)
                   5451:        {
                   5452:          comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU, GT, GTU);
1.1.1.17  root     5453:          icode = CODE_FOR_slt;
1.1.1.2   root     5454:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0];
                   5455:        }
1.1       root     5456:       break;
                   5457: 
                   5458:     case GT_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5459:       if (HAVE_slt && HAVE_sltu && HAVE_sgt && HAVE_sgtu)
                   5460:        {
                   5461:          comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU, LT, LTU);
1.1.1.17  root     5462:          icode = CODE_FOR_slt;
1.1.1.2   root     5463:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0];
                   5464:        }
1.1       root     5465:       break;
                   5466: #endif
                   5467: 
1.1.1.2   root     5468: #if defined (HAVE_sle) && defined (HAVE_sleu) && defined (HAVE_sge) && defined (HAVE_sgeu)
1.1       root     5469:     case LE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5470:       if (HAVE_sle && HAVE_sleu && HAVE_sge && HAVE_sgeu)
                   5471:        {
                   5472:          comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU, GE, GEU);
1.1.1.17  root     5473:          icode = CODE_FOR_sle;
1.1.1.2   root     5474:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sle][0];
                   5475:        }
1.1       root     5476:       break;
                   5477: 
                   5478:     case GE_EXPR:
1.1.1.2   root     5479:       if (HAVE_sle && HAVE_sleu && HAVE_sge && HAVE_sgeu)
                   5480:        {
                   5481:          comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU, LE, LEU);
1.1.1.17  root     5482:          icode = CODE_FOR_sle;
1.1.1.2   root     5483:          compare_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_sle][0];
                   5484:        }
1.1       root     5485:       break;
                   5486: #endif
                   5487:     }
                   5488:   if (comparison == 0)
                   5489:     return 0;
                   5490: 
1.1.1.2   root     5491:   if (target == 0 || GET_MODE (target) != mode
1.1.1.17  root     5492:       /* Don't use specified target unless the insn can handle it.  */
                   5493:       || ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][0]) (target, mode)
                   5494:       /* When modes don't match, don't use specified target,
                   5495:         because it might be the same as an operand,
                   5496:         and then the CLOBBER output below would screw up.  */
                   5497:       || (mode != compare_mode && GET_CODE (comparison) != CONST_INT))
1.1.1.2   root     5498:     target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5499: 
                   5500:   /* Store the comparison in its proper mode.  */
1.1.1.13  root     5501:   if (GET_CODE (comparison) == CONST_INT)
                   5502:     emit_move_insn (target, comparison);
                   5503:   else if (GET_MODE (target) != compare_mode)
1.1.1.17  root     5504:     {
                   5505:       /* We want a different mode: store result in its natural mode.
                   5506:         Combine the mode conversion with the truncation we must do anyway.  */
                   5507:       /* Put a CLOBBER before the compare, so we don't come between
                   5508:         the compare and the insn that uses the result.  */
                   5509:       emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, target), prev_insn);
                   5510:       emit_insn ((*setcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)])
                   5511:                 (gen_rtx (SUBREG, compare_mode, target, 0)));
                   5512:       /* If the desired mode is wider than what we got,
                   5513:         use an AND to convert it, but not if we will do one anyway.  */
                   5514: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
                   5515:       if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (compare_mode))
                   5516:        expand_bit_and (mode, target, const1_rtx, target);
                   5517: #endif
                   5518:     }
1.1.1.2   root     5519:   else
1.1.1.13  root     5520:     emit_insn ((*setcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (target));
1.1.1.2   root     5521: 
                   5522: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1
1.1.1.17  root     5523: #if STORE_FLAG_VALUE & 1
1.1.1.2   root     5524:   expand_bit_and (mode, target, const1_rtx, target);
1.1.1.17  root     5525: #else
                   5526:   expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, target,
                   5527:                build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1, 0),
                   5528:                target, TRUE);
                   5529: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     5530: #endif
1.1       root     5531:   return target;
                   5532: }
                   5533: 
                   5534: /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements).  */
                   5535: 
                   5536: #ifdef HAVE_tablejump
                   5537: 
                   5538: /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value
                   5539:    in the table already subtracted.
                   5540:    RANGE is the length of the jump table.
                   5541:    TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself.
1.1.1.2   root     5542: 
1.1       root     5543:    DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the
                   5544:    index value is out of range.  */
                   5545: 
                   5546: void
                   5547: do_tablejump (index, range, table_label, default_label)
                   5548:      rtx index, range, table_label, default_label;
                   5549: {
                   5550:   register rtx temp;
                   5551: 
1.1.1.14  root     5552:   emit_cmp_insn (range, index, 0, 0, 0);
1.1.1.2   root     5553:   emit_jump_insn (gen_bltu (default_label));
1.1.1.4   root     5554:   /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address
                   5555:      it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made
                   5556:      about addresses that contain label-refs,
                   5557:      which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself.  */
                   5558:   index = memory_address_noforce
                   5559:     (CASE_VECTOR_MODE,
                   5560:      gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
                   5561:              gen_rtx (MULT, Pmode, index,
                   5562:                       gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5563:                                GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))),
                   5564:              gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, VOIDmode, table_label)));
1.1       root     5565:   temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE);
                   5566:   convert_move (temp, gen_rtx (MEM, CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index), 0);
                   5567: 
1.1.1.2   root     5568:   emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label));
1.1       root     5569: }
                   5570: 
1.1.1.2   root     5571: #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.